/[svn]/libgig/trunk/src/gig.cpp
ViewVC logotype

Diff of /libgig/trunk/src/gig.cpp

Parent Directory Parent Directory | Revision Log Revision Log | View Patch Patch

revision 728 by persson, Tue Jul 26 11:13:53 2005 UTC revision 3350 by schoenebeck, Tue Oct 3 17:35:02 2017 UTC
# Line 1  Line 1 
1  /***************************************************************************  /***************************************************************************
2   *                                                                         *   *                                                                         *
3   *   libgig - C++ cross-platform Gigasampler format file loader library    *   *   libgig - C++ cross-platform Gigasampler format file access library    *
4   *                                                                         *   *                                                                         *
5   *   Copyright (C) 2003-2005 by Christian Schoenebeck                      *   *   Copyright (C) 2003-2017 by Christian Schoenebeck                      *
6   *                              <cuse@users.sourceforge.net>               *   *                              <cuse@users.sourceforge.net>               *
7   *                                                                         *   *                                                                         *
8   *   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *   *   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
# Line 23  Line 23 
23    
24  #include "gig.h"  #include "gig.h"
25    
26  #include <iostream>  #include "helper.h"
27    #include "Serialization.h"
 namespace gig {  
   
 // *************** progress_t ***************  
 // *  
28    
29      progress_t::progress_t() {  #include <algorithm>
30          callback    = NULL;  #include <math.h>
31          custom      = NULL;  #include <iostream>
32          __range_min = 0.0f;  #include <assert.h>
         __range_max = 1.0f;  
     }  
33    
34      // private helper function to convert progress of a subprocess into the global progress  /// libgig's current file format version (for extending the original Giga file
35      static void __notify_progress(progress_t* pProgress, float subprogress) {  /// format with libgig's own custom data / custom features).
36          if (pProgress && pProgress->callback) {  #define GIG_FILE_EXT_VERSION    2
37              const float totalrange    = pProgress->__range_max - pProgress->__range_min;  
38              const float totalprogress = pProgress->__range_min + subprogress * totalrange;  /// Initial size of the sample buffer which is used for decompression of
39              pProgress->factor         = totalprogress;  /// compressed sample wave streams - this value should always be bigger than
40              pProgress->callback(pProgress); // now actually notify about the progress  /// the biggest sample piece expected to be read by the sampler engine,
41          }  /// otherwise the buffer size will be raised at runtime and thus the buffer
42      }  /// reallocated which is time consuming and unefficient.
43    #define INITIAL_SAMPLE_BUFFER_SIZE              512000 // 512 kB
44    
45    /** (so far) every exponential paramater in the gig format has a basis of 1.000000008813822 */
46    #define GIG_EXP_DECODE(x)                       (pow(1.000000008813822, x))
47    #define GIG_EXP_ENCODE(x)                       (log(x) / log(1.000000008813822))
48    #define GIG_PITCH_TRACK_EXTRACT(x)              (!(x & 0x01))
49    #define GIG_PITCH_TRACK_ENCODE(x)               ((x) ? 0x00 : 0x01)
50    #define GIG_VCF_RESONANCE_CTRL_EXTRACT(x)       ((x >> 4) & 0x03)
51    #define GIG_VCF_RESONANCE_CTRL_ENCODE(x)        ((x & 0x03) << 4)
52    #define GIG_EG_CTR_ATTACK_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(x)  ((x >> 1) & 0x03)
53    #define GIG_EG_CTR_DECAY_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(x)   ((x >> 3) & 0x03)
54    #define GIG_EG_CTR_RELEASE_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(x) ((x >> 5) & 0x03)
55    #define GIG_EG_CTR_ATTACK_INFLUENCE_ENCODE(x)   ((x & 0x03) << 1)
56    #define GIG_EG_CTR_DECAY_INFLUENCE_ENCODE(x)    ((x & 0x03) << 3)
57    #define GIG_EG_CTR_RELEASE_INFLUENCE_ENCODE(x)  ((x & 0x03) << 5)
58    
59      // private helper function to divide a progress into subprogresses  #define SRLZ(member) \
60      static void __divide_progress(progress_t* pParentProgress, progress_t* pSubProgress, float totalTasks, float currentTask) {      archive->serializeMember(*this, member, #member);
         if (pParentProgress && pParentProgress->callback) {  
             const float totalrange    = pParentProgress->__range_max - pParentProgress->__range_min;  
             pSubProgress->callback    = pParentProgress->callback;  
             pSubProgress->custom      = pParentProgress->custom;  
             pSubProgress->__range_min = pParentProgress->__range_min + totalrange * currentTask / totalTasks;  
             pSubProgress->__range_max = pSubProgress->__range_min + totalrange / totalTasks;  
         }  
     }  
61    
62    namespace gig {
63    
64  // *************** Internal functions for sample decopmression ***************  // *************** Internal functions for sample decompression ***************
65  // *  // *
66    
67  namespace {  namespace {
# Line 87  namespace { Line 89  namespace {
89          return x & 0x800000 ? x - 0x1000000 : x;          return x & 0x800000 ? x - 0x1000000 : x;
90      }      }
91    
92        inline void store24(unsigned char* pDst, int x)
93        {
94            pDst[0] = x;
95            pDst[1] = x >> 8;
96            pDst[2] = x >> 16;
97        }
98    
99      void Decompress16(int compressionmode, const unsigned char* params,      void Decompress16(int compressionmode, const unsigned char* params,
100                        int srcStep, int dstStep,                        int srcStep, int dstStep,
101                        const unsigned char* pSrc, int16_t* pDst,                        const unsigned char* pSrc, int16_t* pDst,
102                        unsigned long currentframeoffset,                        file_offset_t currentframeoffset,
103                        unsigned long copysamples)                        file_offset_t copysamples)
104      {      {
105          switch (compressionmode) {          switch (compressionmode) {
106              case 0: // 16 bit uncompressed              case 0: // 16 bit uncompressed
# Line 126  namespace { Line 135  namespace {
135      }      }
136    
137      void Decompress24(int compressionmode, const unsigned char* params,      void Decompress24(int compressionmode, const unsigned char* params,
138                        int dstStep, const unsigned char* pSrc, int16_t* pDst,                        int dstStep, const unsigned char* pSrc, uint8_t* pDst,
139                        unsigned long currentframeoffset,                        file_offset_t currentframeoffset,
140                        unsigned long copysamples, int truncatedBits)                        file_offset_t copysamples, int truncatedBits)
141      {      {
         // Note: The 24 bits are truncated to 16 bits for now.  
   
142          int y, dy, ddy, dddy;          int y, dy, ddy, dddy;
         const int shift = 8 - truncatedBits;  
143    
144  #define GET_PARAMS(params)                      \  #define GET_PARAMS(params)                      \
145          y    = get24(params);                   \          y    = get24(params);                   \
# Line 149  namespace { Line 155  namespace {
155    
156  #define COPY_ONE(x)                             \  #define COPY_ONE(x)                             \
157          SKIP_ONE(x);                            \          SKIP_ONE(x);                            \
158          *pDst = y >> shift;                     \          store24(pDst, y << truncatedBits);      \
159          pDst += dstStep          pDst += dstStep
160    
161          switch (compressionmode) {          switch (compressionmode) {
162              case 2: // 24 bit uncompressed              case 2: // 24 bit uncompressed
163                  pSrc += currentframeoffset * 3;                  pSrc += currentframeoffset * 3;
164                  while (copysamples) {                  while (copysamples) {
165                      *pDst = get24(pSrc) >> shift;                      store24(pDst, get24(pSrc) << truncatedBits);
166                      pDst += dstStep;                      pDst += dstStep;
167                      pSrc += 3;                      pSrc += 3;
168                      copysamples--;                      copysamples--;
# Line 226  namespace { Line 232  namespace {
232  }  }
233    
234    
235    
236    // *************** Internal CRC-32 (Cyclic Redundancy Check) functions  ***************
237    // *
238    
239        static uint32_t* __initCRCTable() {
240            static uint32_t res[256];
241    
242            for (int i = 0 ; i < 256 ; i++) {
243                uint32_t c = i;
244                for (int j = 0 ; j < 8 ; j++) {
245                    c = (c & 1) ? 0xedb88320 ^ (c >> 1) : c >> 1;
246                }
247                res[i] = c;
248            }
249            return res;
250        }
251    
252        static const uint32_t* __CRCTable = __initCRCTable();
253    
254        /**
255         * Initialize a CRC variable.
256         *
257         * @param crc - variable to be initialized
258         */
259        inline static void __resetCRC(uint32_t& crc) {
260            crc = 0xffffffff;
261        }
262    
263        /**
264         * Used to calculate checksums of the sample data in a gig file. The
265         * checksums are stored in the 3crc chunk of the gig file and
266         * automatically updated when a sample is written with Sample::Write().
267         *
268         * One should call __resetCRC() to initialize the CRC variable to be
269         * used before calling this function the first time.
270         *
271         * After initializing the CRC variable one can call this function
272         * arbitrary times, i.e. to split the overall CRC calculation into
273         * steps.
274         *
275         * Once the whole data was processed by __calculateCRC(), one should
276         * call __finalizeCRC() to get the final CRC result.
277         *
278         * @param buf     - pointer to data the CRC shall be calculated of
279         * @param bufSize - size of the data to be processed
280         * @param crc     - variable the CRC sum shall be stored to
281         */
282        static void __calculateCRC(unsigned char* buf, size_t bufSize, uint32_t& crc) {
283            for (size_t i = 0 ; i < bufSize ; i++) {
284                crc = __CRCTable[(crc ^ buf[i]) & 0xff] ^ (crc >> 8);
285            }
286        }
287    
288        /**
289         * Returns the final CRC result.
290         *
291         * @param crc - variable previously passed to __calculateCRC()
292         */
293        inline static void __finalizeCRC(uint32_t& crc) {
294            crc ^= 0xffffffff;
295        }
296    
297    
298    
299    // *************** Other Internal functions  ***************
300    // *
301    
302        static split_type_t __resolveSplitType(dimension_t dimension) {
303            return (
304                dimension == dimension_layer ||
305                dimension == dimension_samplechannel ||
306                dimension == dimension_releasetrigger ||
307                dimension == dimension_keyboard ||
308                dimension == dimension_roundrobin ||
309                dimension == dimension_random ||
310                dimension == dimension_smartmidi ||
311                dimension == dimension_roundrobinkeyboard
312            ) ? split_type_bit : split_type_normal;
313        }
314    
315        static int __resolveZoneSize(dimension_def_t& dimension_definition) {
316            return (dimension_definition.split_type == split_type_normal)
317            ? int(128.0 / dimension_definition.zones) : 0;
318        }
319    
320    
321    
322    // *************** leverage_ctrl_t ***************
323    // *
324    
325        void leverage_ctrl_t::serialize(Serialization::Archive* archive) {
326            SRLZ(type);
327            SRLZ(controller_number);
328        }
329    
330    
331    
332    // *************** crossfade_t ***************
333    // *
334    
335        void crossfade_t::serialize(Serialization::Archive* archive) {
336            SRLZ(in_start);
337            SRLZ(in_end);
338            SRLZ(out_start);
339            SRLZ(out_end);
340        }
341    
342    
343    
344    // *************** eg_opt_t ***************
345    // *
346    
347        eg_opt_t::eg_opt_t() {
348            AttackCancel     = true;
349            AttackHoldCancel = true;
350            Decay1Cancel     = true;
351            Decay2Cancel     = true;
352            ReleaseCancel    = true;
353        }
354    
355        void eg_opt_t::serialize(Serialization::Archive* archive) {
356            SRLZ(AttackCancel);
357            SRLZ(AttackHoldCancel);
358            SRLZ(Decay1Cancel);
359            SRLZ(Decay2Cancel);
360            SRLZ(ReleaseCancel);
361        }
362    
363    
364    
365  // *************** Sample ***************  // *************** Sample ***************
366  // *  // *
367    
368      unsigned int Sample::Instances = 0;      size_t       Sample::Instances = 0;
369      buffer_t     Sample::InternalDecompressionBuffer;      buffer_t     Sample::InternalDecompressionBuffer;
370    
371      Sample::Sample(File* pFile, RIFF::List* waveList, unsigned long WavePoolOffset, unsigned long fileNo) : DLS::Sample((DLS::File*) pFile, waveList, WavePoolOffset) {      /** @brief Constructor.
372         *
373         * Load an existing sample or create a new one. A 'wave' list chunk must
374         * be given to this constructor. In case the given 'wave' list chunk
375         * contains a 'fmt', 'data' (and optionally a '3gix', 'smpl') chunk, the
376         * format and sample data will be loaded from there, otherwise default
377         * values will be used and those chunks will be created when
378         * File::Save() will be called later on.
379         *
380         * @param pFile          - pointer to gig::File where this sample is
381         *                         located (or will be located)
382         * @param waveList       - pointer to 'wave' list chunk which is (or
383         *                         will be) associated with this sample
384         * @param WavePoolOffset - offset of this sample data from wave pool
385         *                         ('wvpl') list chunk
386         * @param fileNo         - number of an extension file where this sample
387         *                         is located, 0 otherwise
388         * @param index          - wave pool index of sample (may be -1 on new sample)
389         */
390        Sample::Sample(File* pFile, RIFF::List* waveList, file_offset_t WavePoolOffset, unsigned long fileNo, int index)
391            : DLS::Sample((DLS::File*) pFile, waveList, WavePoolOffset)
392        {
393            static const DLS::Info::string_length_t fixedStringLengths[] = {
394                { CHUNK_ID_INAM, 64 },
395                { 0, 0 }
396            };
397            pInfo->SetFixedStringLengths(fixedStringLengths);
398          Instances++;          Instances++;
399          FileNo = fileNo;          FileNo = fileNo;
400    
401          RIFF::Chunk* _3gix = waveList->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3GIX);          __resetCRC(crc);
402          if (!_3gix) throw gig::Exception("Mandatory chunks in <wave> list chunk not found.");          // if this is not a new sample, try to get the sample's already existing
403          SampleGroup = _3gix->ReadInt16();          // CRC32 checksum from disk, this checksum will reflect the sample's CRC32
404            // checksum of the time when the sample was consciously modified by the
405          RIFF::Chunk* smpl = waveList->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_SMPL);          // user for the last time (by calling Sample::Write() that is).
406          if (!smpl) throw gig::Exception("Mandatory chunks in <wave> list chunk not found.");          if (index >= 0) { // not a new file ...
407          Manufacturer      = smpl->ReadInt32();              try {
408          Product           = smpl->ReadInt32();                  uint32_t crc = pFile->GetSampleChecksumByIndex(index);
409          SamplePeriod      = smpl->ReadInt32();                  this->crc = crc;
410          MIDIUnityNote     = smpl->ReadInt32();              } catch (...) {}
411          FineTune          = smpl->ReadInt32();          }
412          smpl->Read(&SMPTEFormat, 1, 4);  
413          SMPTEOffset       = smpl->ReadInt32();          pCk3gix = waveList->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3GIX);
414          Loops             = smpl->ReadInt32();          if (pCk3gix) {
415          smpl->ReadInt32(); // manufByt              uint16_t iSampleGroup = pCk3gix->ReadInt16();
416          LoopID            = smpl->ReadInt32();              pGroup = pFile->GetGroup(iSampleGroup);
417          smpl->Read(&LoopType, 1, 4);          } else { // '3gix' chunk missing
418          LoopStart         = smpl->ReadInt32();              // by default assigned to that mandatory "Default Group"
419          LoopEnd           = smpl->ReadInt32();              pGroup = pFile->GetGroup(0);
420          LoopFraction      = smpl->ReadInt32();          }
421          LoopPlayCount     = smpl->ReadInt32();  
422            pCkSmpl = waveList->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_SMPL);
423            if (pCkSmpl) {
424                Manufacturer  = pCkSmpl->ReadInt32();
425                Product       = pCkSmpl->ReadInt32();
426                SamplePeriod  = pCkSmpl->ReadInt32();
427                MIDIUnityNote = pCkSmpl->ReadInt32();
428                FineTune      = pCkSmpl->ReadInt32();
429                pCkSmpl->Read(&SMPTEFormat, 1, 4);
430                SMPTEOffset   = pCkSmpl->ReadInt32();
431                Loops         = pCkSmpl->ReadInt32();
432                pCkSmpl->ReadInt32(); // manufByt
433                LoopID        = pCkSmpl->ReadInt32();
434                pCkSmpl->Read(&LoopType, 1, 4);
435                LoopStart     = pCkSmpl->ReadInt32();
436                LoopEnd       = pCkSmpl->ReadInt32();
437                LoopFraction  = pCkSmpl->ReadInt32();
438                LoopPlayCount = pCkSmpl->ReadInt32();
439            } else { // 'smpl' chunk missing
440                // use default values
441                Manufacturer  = 0;
442                Product       = 0;
443                SamplePeriod  = uint32_t(1000000000.0 / SamplesPerSecond + 0.5);
444                MIDIUnityNote = 60;
445                FineTune      = 0;
446                SMPTEFormat   = smpte_format_no_offset;
447                SMPTEOffset   = 0;
448                Loops         = 0;
449                LoopID        = 0;
450                LoopType      = loop_type_normal;
451                LoopStart     = 0;
452                LoopEnd       = 0;
453                LoopFraction  = 0;
454                LoopPlayCount = 0;
455            }
456    
457          FrameTable                 = NULL;          FrameTable                 = NULL;
458          SamplePos                  = 0;          SamplePos                  = 0;
# Line 287  namespace { Line 483  namespace {
483          }          }
484          FrameOffset = 0; // just for streaming compressed samples          FrameOffset = 0; // just for streaming compressed samples
485    
486          LoopSize = LoopEnd - LoopStart;          LoopSize = LoopEnd - LoopStart + 1;
487        }
488    
489        /**
490         * Make a (semi) deep copy of the Sample object given by @a orig (without
491         * the actual waveform data) and assign it to this object.
492         *
493         * Discussion: copying .gig samples is a bit tricky. It requires three
494         * steps:
495         * 1. Copy sample's meta informations (done by CopyAssignMeta()) including
496         *    its new sample waveform data size.
497         * 2. Saving the file (done by File::Save()) so that it gains correct size
498         *    and layout for writing the actual wave form data directly to disc
499         *    in next step.
500         * 3. Copy the waveform data with disk streaming (done by CopyAssignWave()).
501         *
502         * @param orig - original Sample object to be copied from
503         */
504        void Sample::CopyAssignMeta(const Sample* orig) {
505            // handle base classes
506            DLS::Sample::CopyAssignCore(orig);
507            
508            // handle actual own attributes of this class
509            Manufacturer = orig->Manufacturer;
510            Product = orig->Product;
511            SamplePeriod = orig->SamplePeriod;
512            MIDIUnityNote = orig->MIDIUnityNote;
513            FineTune = orig->FineTune;
514            SMPTEFormat = orig->SMPTEFormat;
515            SMPTEOffset = orig->SMPTEOffset;
516            Loops = orig->Loops;
517            LoopID = orig->LoopID;
518            LoopType = orig->LoopType;
519            LoopStart = orig->LoopStart;
520            LoopEnd = orig->LoopEnd;
521            LoopSize = orig->LoopSize;
522            LoopFraction = orig->LoopFraction;
523            LoopPlayCount = orig->LoopPlayCount;
524            
525            // schedule resizing this sample to the given sample's size
526            Resize(orig->GetSize());
527        }
528    
529        /**
530         * Should be called after CopyAssignMeta() and File::Save() sequence.
531         * Read more about it in the discussion of CopyAssignMeta(). This method
532         * copies the actual waveform data by disk streaming.
533         *
534         * @e CAUTION: this method is currently not thread safe! During this
535         * operation the sample must not be used for other purposes by other
536         * threads!
537         *
538         * @param orig - original Sample object to be copied from
539         */
540        void Sample::CopyAssignWave(const Sample* orig) {
541            const int iReadAtOnce = 32*1024;
542            char* buf = new char[iReadAtOnce * orig->FrameSize];
543            Sample* pOrig = (Sample*) orig; //HACK: remove constness for now
544            file_offset_t restorePos = pOrig->GetPos();
545            pOrig->SetPos(0);
546            SetPos(0);
547            for (file_offset_t n = pOrig->Read(buf, iReadAtOnce); n;
548                               n = pOrig->Read(buf, iReadAtOnce))
549            {
550                Write(buf, n);
551            }
552            pOrig->SetPos(restorePos);
553            delete [] buf;
554        }
555    
556        /**
557         * Apply sample and its settings to the respective RIFF chunks. You have
558         * to call File::Save() to make changes persistent.
559         *
560         * Usually there is absolutely no need to call this method explicitly.
561         * It will be called automatically when File::Save() was called.
562         *
563         * @param pProgress - callback function for progress notification
564         * @throws DLS::Exception if FormatTag != DLS_WAVE_FORMAT_PCM or no sample data
565         *                        was provided yet
566         * @throws gig::Exception if there is any invalid sample setting
567         */
568        void Sample::UpdateChunks(progress_t* pProgress) {
569            // first update base class's chunks
570            DLS::Sample::UpdateChunks(pProgress);
571    
572            // make sure 'smpl' chunk exists
573            pCkSmpl = pWaveList->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_SMPL);
574            if (!pCkSmpl) {
575                pCkSmpl = pWaveList->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_SMPL, 60);
576                memset(pCkSmpl->LoadChunkData(), 0, 60);
577            }
578            // update 'smpl' chunk
579            uint8_t* pData = (uint8_t*) pCkSmpl->LoadChunkData();
580            SamplePeriod = uint32_t(1000000000.0 / SamplesPerSecond + 0.5);
581            store32(&pData[0], Manufacturer);
582            store32(&pData[4], Product);
583            store32(&pData[8], SamplePeriod);
584            store32(&pData[12], MIDIUnityNote);
585            store32(&pData[16], FineTune);
586            store32(&pData[20], SMPTEFormat);
587            store32(&pData[24], SMPTEOffset);
588            store32(&pData[28], Loops);
589    
590            // we skip 'manufByt' for now (4 bytes)
591    
592            store32(&pData[36], LoopID);
593            store32(&pData[40], LoopType);
594            store32(&pData[44], LoopStart);
595            store32(&pData[48], LoopEnd);
596            store32(&pData[52], LoopFraction);
597            store32(&pData[56], LoopPlayCount);
598    
599            // make sure '3gix' chunk exists
600            pCk3gix = pWaveList->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3GIX);
601            if (!pCk3gix) pCk3gix = pWaveList->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3GIX, 4);
602            // determine appropriate sample group index (to be stored in chunk)
603            uint16_t iSampleGroup = 0; // 0 refers to default sample group
604            File* pFile = static_cast<File*>(pParent);
605            if (pFile->pGroups) {
606                std::list<Group*>::iterator iter = pFile->pGroups->begin();
607                std::list<Group*>::iterator end  = pFile->pGroups->end();
608                for (int i = 0; iter != end; i++, iter++) {
609                    if (*iter == pGroup) {
610                        iSampleGroup = i;
611                        break; // found
612                    }
613                }
614            }
615            // update '3gix' chunk
616            pData = (uint8_t*) pCk3gix->LoadChunkData();
617            store16(&pData[0], iSampleGroup);
618    
619            // if the library user toggled the "Compressed" attribute from true to
620            // false, then the EWAV chunk associated with compressed samples needs
621            // to be deleted
622            RIFF::Chunk* ewav = pWaveList->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_EWAV);
623            if (ewav && !Compressed) {
624                pWaveList->DeleteSubChunk(ewav);
625            }
626      }      }
627    
628      /// Scans compressed samples for mandatory informations (e.g. actual number of total sample points).      /// Scans compressed samples for mandatory informations (e.g. actual number of total sample points).
629      void Sample::ScanCompressedSample() {      void Sample::ScanCompressedSample() {
630          //TODO: we have to add some more scans here (e.g. determine compression rate)          //TODO: we have to add some more scans here (e.g. determine compression rate)
631          this->SamplesTotal = 0;          this->SamplesTotal = 0;
632          std::list<unsigned long> frameOffsets;          std::list<file_offset_t> frameOffsets;
633    
634          SamplesPerFrame = BitDepth == 24 ? 256 : 2048;          SamplesPerFrame = BitDepth == 24 ? 256 : 2048;
635          WorstCaseFrameSize = SamplesPerFrame * FrameSize + Channels; // +Channels for compression flag          WorstCaseFrameSize = SamplesPerFrame * FrameSize + Channels; // +Channels for compression flag
# Line 310  namespace { Line 645  namespace {
645                  const int mode_l = pCkData->ReadUint8();                  const int mode_l = pCkData->ReadUint8();
646                  const int mode_r = pCkData->ReadUint8();                  const int mode_r = pCkData->ReadUint8();
647                  if (mode_l > 5 || mode_r > 5) throw gig::Exception("Unknown compression mode");                  if (mode_l > 5 || mode_r > 5) throw gig::Exception("Unknown compression mode");
648                  const unsigned long frameSize = bytesPerFrame[mode_l] + bytesPerFrame[mode_r];                  const file_offset_t frameSize = bytesPerFrame[mode_l] + bytesPerFrame[mode_r];
649    
650                  if (pCkData->RemainingBytes() <= frameSize) {                  if (pCkData->RemainingBytes() <= frameSize) {
651                      SamplesInLastFrame =                      SamplesInLastFrame =
# Line 329  namespace { Line 664  namespace {
664    
665                  const int mode = pCkData->ReadUint8();                  const int mode = pCkData->ReadUint8();
666                  if (mode > 5) throw gig::Exception("Unknown compression mode");                  if (mode > 5) throw gig::Exception("Unknown compression mode");
667                  const unsigned long frameSize = bytesPerFrame[mode];                  const file_offset_t frameSize = bytesPerFrame[mode];
668    
669                  if (pCkData->RemainingBytes() <= frameSize) {                  if (pCkData->RemainingBytes() <= frameSize) {
670                      SamplesInLastFrame =                      SamplesInLastFrame =
# Line 345  namespace { Line 680  namespace {
680    
681          // Build the frames table (which is used for fast resolving of a frame's chunk offset)          // Build the frames table (which is used for fast resolving of a frame's chunk offset)
682          if (FrameTable) delete[] FrameTable;          if (FrameTable) delete[] FrameTable;
683          FrameTable = new unsigned long[frameOffsets.size()];          FrameTable = new file_offset_t[frameOffsets.size()];
684          std::list<unsigned long>::iterator end  = frameOffsets.end();          std::list<file_offset_t>::iterator end  = frameOffsets.end();
685          std::list<unsigned long>::iterator iter = frameOffsets.begin();          std::list<file_offset_t>::iterator iter = frameOffsets.begin();
686          for (int i = 0; iter != end; i++, iter++) {          for (int i = 0; iter != end; i++, iter++) {
687              FrameTable[i] = *iter;              FrameTable[i] = *iter;
688          }          }
# Line 388  namespace { Line 723  namespace {
723       *                      the cached sample data in bytes       *                      the cached sample data in bytes
724       * @see                 ReleaseSampleData(), Read(), SetPos()       * @see                 ReleaseSampleData(), Read(), SetPos()
725       */       */
726      buffer_t Sample::LoadSampleData(unsigned long SampleCount) {      buffer_t Sample::LoadSampleData(file_offset_t SampleCount) {
727          return LoadSampleDataWithNullSamplesExtension(SampleCount, 0); // 0 amount of NullSamples          return LoadSampleDataWithNullSamplesExtension(SampleCount, 0); // 0 amount of NullSamples
728      }      }
729    
# Line 447  namespace { Line 782  namespace {
782       *                           size of the cached sample data in bytes       *                           size of the cached sample data in bytes
783       * @see                      ReleaseSampleData(), Read(), SetPos()       * @see                      ReleaseSampleData(), Read(), SetPos()
784       */       */
785      buffer_t Sample::LoadSampleDataWithNullSamplesExtension(unsigned long SampleCount, uint NullSamplesCount) {      buffer_t Sample::LoadSampleDataWithNullSamplesExtension(file_offset_t SampleCount, uint NullSamplesCount) {
786          if (SampleCount > this->SamplesTotal) SampleCount = this->SamplesTotal;          if (SampleCount > this->SamplesTotal) SampleCount = this->SamplesTotal;
787          if (RAMCache.pStart) delete[] (int8_t*) RAMCache.pStart;          if (RAMCache.pStart) delete[] (int8_t*) RAMCache.pStart;
788          unsigned long allocationsize = (SampleCount + NullSamplesCount) * this->FrameSize;          file_offset_t allocationsize = (SampleCount + NullSamplesCount) * this->FrameSize;
789            SetPos(0); // reset read position to begin of sample
790          RAMCache.pStart            = new int8_t[allocationsize];          RAMCache.pStart            = new int8_t[allocationsize];
791          RAMCache.Size              = Read(RAMCache.pStart, SampleCount) * this->FrameSize;          RAMCache.Size              = Read(RAMCache.pStart, SampleCount) * this->FrameSize;
792          RAMCache.NullExtensionSize = allocationsize - RAMCache.Size;          RAMCache.NullExtensionSize = allocationsize - RAMCache.Size;
# Line 488  namespace { Line 824  namespace {
824          if (RAMCache.pStart) delete[] (int8_t*) RAMCache.pStart;          if (RAMCache.pStart) delete[] (int8_t*) RAMCache.pStart;
825          RAMCache.pStart = NULL;          RAMCache.pStart = NULL;
826          RAMCache.Size   = 0;          RAMCache.Size   = 0;
827            RAMCache.NullExtensionSize = 0;
828        }
829    
830        /** @brief Resize sample.
831         *
832         * Resizes the sample's wave form data, that is the actual size of
833         * sample wave data possible to be written for this sample. This call
834         * will return immediately and just schedule the resize operation. You
835         * should call File::Save() to actually perform the resize operation(s)
836         * "physically" to the file. As this can take a while on large files, it
837         * is recommended to call Resize() first on all samples which have to be
838         * resized and finally to call File::Save() to perform all those resize
839         * operations in one rush.
840         *
841         * The actual size (in bytes) is dependant to the current FrameSize
842         * value. You may want to set FrameSize before calling Resize().
843         *
844         * <b>Caution:</b> You cannot directly write (i.e. with Write()) to
845         * enlarged samples before calling File::Save() as this might exceed the
846         * current sample's boundary!
847         *
848         * Also note: only DLS_WAVE_FORMAT_PCM is currently supported, that is
849         * FormatTag must be DLS_WAVE_FORMAT_PCM. Trying to resize samples with
850         * other formats will fail!
851         *
852         * @param NewSize - new sample wave data size in sample points (must be
853         *                  greater than zero)
854         * @throws DLS::Excecption if FormatTag != DLS_WAVE_FORMAT_PCM
855         * @throws DLS::Exception if \a NewSize is less than 1 or unrealistic large
856         * @throws gig::Exception if existing sample is compressed
857         * @see DLS::Sample::GetSize(), DLS::Sample::FrameSize,
858         *      DLS::Sample::FormatTag, File::Save()
859         */
860        void Sample::Resize(file_offset_t NewSize) {
861            if (Compressed) throw gig::Exception("There is no support for modifying compressed samples (yet)");
862            DLS::Sample::Resize(NewSize);
863      }      }
864    
865      /**      /**
# Line 511  namespace { Line 883  namespace {
883       * @returns            the new sample position       * @returns            the new sample position
884       * @see                Read()       * @see                Read()
885       */       */
886      unsigned long Sample::SetPos(unsigned long SampleCount, RIFF::stream_whence_t Whence) {      file_offset_t Sample::SetPos(file_offset_t SampleCount, RIFF::stream_whence_t Whence) {
887          if (Compressed) {          if (Compressed) {
888              switch (Whence) {              switch (Whence) {
889                  case RIFF::stream_curpos:                  case RIFF::stream_curpos:
# Line 529  namespace { Line 901  namespace {
901              }              }
902              if (this->SamplePos > this->SamplesTotal) this->SamplePos = this->SamplesTotal;              if (this->SamplePos > this->SamplesTotal) this->SamplePos = this->SamplesTotal;
903    
904              unsigned long frame = this->SamplePos / 2048; // to which frame to jump              file_offset_t frame = this->SamplePos / 2048; // to which frame to jump
905              this->FrameOffset   = this->SamplePos % 2048; // offset (in sample points) within that frame              this->FrameOffset   = this->SamplePos % 2048; // offset (in sample points) within that frame
906              pCkData->SetPos(FrameTable[frame]);           // set chunk pointer to the start of sought frame              pCkData->SetPos(FrameTable[frame]);           // set chunk pointer to the start of sought frame
907              return this->SamplePos;              return this->SamplePos;
908          }          }
909          else { // not compressed          else { // not compressed
910              unsigned long orderedBytes = SampleCount * this->FrameSize;              file_offset_t orderedBytes = SampleCount * this->FrameSize;
911              unsigned long result = pCkData->SetPos(orderedBytes, Whence);              file_offset_t result = pCkData->SetPos(orderedBytes, Whence);
912              return (result == orderedBytes) ? SampleCount              return (result == orderedBytes) ? SampleCount
913                                              : result / this->FrameSize;                                              : result / this->FrameSize;
914          }          }
# Line 545  namespace { Line 917  namespace {
917      /**      /**
918       * Returns the current position in the sample (in sample points).       * Returns the current position in the sample (in sample points).
919       */       */
920      unsigned long Sample::GetPos() {      file_offset_t Sample::GetPos() const {
921          if (Compressed) return SamplePos;          if (Compressed) return SamplePos;
922          else            return pCkData->GetPos() / FrameSize;          else            return pCkData->GetPos() / FrameSize;
923      }      }
# Line 579  namespace { Line 951  namespace {
951       * @param SampleCount      number of sample points to read       * @param SampleCount      number of sample points to read
952       * @param pPlaybackState   will be used to store and reload the playback       * @param pPlaybackState   will be used to store and reload the playback
953       *                         state for the next ReadAndLoop() call       *                         state for the next ReadAndLoop() call
954         * @param pDimRgn          dimension region with looping information
955       * @param pExternalDecompressionBuffer  (optional) external buffer to use for decompression       * @param pExternalDecompressionBuffer  (optional) external buffer to use for decompression
956       * @returns                number of successfully read sample points       * @returns                number of successfully read sample points
957       * @see                    CreateDecompressionBuffer()       * @see                    CreateDecompressionBuffer()
958       */       */
959      unsigned long Sample::ReadAndLoop(void* pBuffer, unsigned long SampleCount, playback_state_t* pPlaybackState, buffer_t* pExternalDecompressionBuffer) {      file_offset_t Sample::ReadAndLoop(void* pBuffer, file_offset_t SampleCount, playback_state_t* pPlaybackState,
960          unsigned long samplestoread = SampleCount, totalreadsamples = 0, readsamples, samplestoloopend;                                        DimensionRegion* pDimRgn, buffer_t* pExternalDecompressionBuffer) {
961            file_offset_t samplestoread = SampleCount, totalreadsamples = 0, readsamples, samplestoloopend;
962          uint8_t* pDst = (uint8_t*) pBuffer;          uint8_t* pDst = (uint8_t*) pBuffer;
963    
964          SetPos(pPlaybackState->position); // recover position from the last time          SetPos(pPlaybackState->position); // recover position from the last time
965    
966          if (this->Loops && GetPos() <= this->LoopEnd) { // honor looping if there are loop points defined          if (pDimRgn->SampleLoops) { // honor looping if there are loop points defined
967    
968              switch (this->LoopType) {              const DLS::sample_loop_t& loop = pDimRgn->pSampleLoops[0];
969                const uint32_t loopEnd = loop.LoopStart + loop.LoopLength;
970    
971                  case loop_type_bidirectional: { //TODO: not tested yet!              if (GetPos() <= loopEnd) {
972                      do {                  switch (loop.LoopType) {
                         // if not endless loop check if max. number of loop cycles have been passed  
                         if (this->LoopPlayCount && !pPlaybackState->loop_cycles_left) break;  
   
                         if (!pPlaybackState->reverse) { // forward playback  
                             do {  
                                 samplestoloopend  = this->LoopEnd - GetPos();  
                                 readsamples       = Read(&pDst[totalreadsamples * this->FrameSize], Min(samplestoread, samplestoloopend), pExternalDecompressionBuffer);  
                                 samplestoread    -= readsamples;  
                                 totalreadsamples += readsamples;  
                                 if (readsamples == samplestoloopend) {  
                                     pPlaybackState->reverse = true;  
                                     break;  
                                 }  
                             } while (samplestoread && readsamples);  
                         }  
                         else { // backward playback  
973    
974                              // as we can only read forward from disk, we have to                      case loop_type_bidirectional: { //TODO: not tested yet!
975                              // determine the end position within the loop first,                          do {
976                              // read forward from that 'end' and finally after                              // if not endless loop check if max. number of loop cycles have been passed
977                              // reading, swap all sample frames so it reflects                              if (this->LoopPlayCount && !pPlaybackState->loop_cycles_left) break;
978                              // backward playback  
979                                if (!pPlaybackState->reverse) { // forward playback
980                              unsigned long swapareastart       = totalreadsamples;                                  do {
981                              unsigned long loopoffset          = GetPos() - this->LoopStart;                                      samplestoloopend  = loopEnd - GetPos();
982                              unsigned long samplestoreadinloop = Min(samplestoread, loopoffset);                                      readsamples       = Read(&pDst[totalreadsamples * this->FrameSize], Min(samplestoread, samplestoloopend), pExternalDecompressionBuffer);
983                              unsigned long reverseplaybackend  = GetPos() - samplestoreadinloop;                                      samplestoread    -= readsamples;
984                                        totalreadsamples += readsamples;
985                              SetPos(reverseplaybackend);                                      if (readsamples == samplestoloopend) {
986                                            pPlaybackState->reverse = true;
987                              // read samples for backward playback                                          break;
988                              do {                                      }
989                                  readsamples          = Read(&pDst[totalreadsamples * this->FrameSize], samplestoreadinloop, pExternalDecompressionBuffer);                                  } while (samplestoread && readsamples);
990                                  samplestoreadinloop -= readsamples;                              }
991                                  samplestoread       -= readsamples;                              else { // backward playback
                                 totalreadsamples    += readsamples;  
                             } while (samplestoreadinloop && readsamples);  
992    
993                              SetPos(reverseplaybackend); // pretend we really read backwards                                  // as we can only read forward from disk, we have to
994                                    // determine the end position within the loop first,
995                                    // read forward from that 'end' and finally after
996                                    // reading, swap all sample frames so it reflects
997                                    // backward playback
998    
999                                    file_offset_t swapareastart       = totalreadsamples;
1000                                    file_offset_t loopoffset          = GetPos() - loop.LoopStart;
1001                                    file_offset_t samplestoreadinloop = Min(samplestoread, loopoffset);
1002                                    file_offset_t reverseplaybackend  = GetPos() - samplestoreadinloop;
1003    
1004                                    SetPos(reverseplaybackend);
1005    
1006                                    // read samples for backward playback
1007                                    do {
1008                                        readsamples          = Read(&pDst[totalreadsamples * this->FrameSize], samplestoreadinloop, pExternalDecompressionBuffer);
1009                                        samplestoreadinloop -= readsamples;
1010                                        samplestoread       -= readsamples;
1011                                        totalreadsamples    += readsamples;
1012                                    } while (samplestoreadinloop && readsamples);
1013    
1014                                    SetPos(reverseplaybackend); // pretend we really read backwards
1015    
1016                                    if (reverseplaybackend == loop.LoopStart) {
1017                                        pPlaybackState->loop_cycles_left--;
1018                                        pPlaybackState->reverse = false;
1019                                    }
1020    
1021                              if (reverseplaybackend == this->LoopStart) {                                  // reverse the sample frames for backward playback
1022                                  pPlaybackState->loop_cycles_left--;                                  if (totalreadsamples > swapareastart) //FIXME: this if() is just a crash workaround for now (#102), but totalreadsamples <= swapareastart should never be the case, so there's probably still a bug above!
1023                                  pPlaybackState->reverse = false;                                      SwapMemoryArea(&pDst[swapareastart * this->FrameSize], (totalreadsamples - swapareastart) * this->FrameSize, this->FrameSize);
1024                              }                              }
1025                            } while (samplestoread && readsamples);
1026                            break;
1027                        }
1028    
1029                              // reverse the sample frames for backward playback                      case loop_type_backward: { // TODO: not tested yet!
1030                              SwapMemoryArea(&pDst[swapareastart * this->FrameSize], (totalreadsamples - swapareastart) * this->FrameSize, this->FrameSize);                          // forward playback (not entered the loop yet)
1031                          }                          if (!pPlaybackState->reverse) do {
1032                      } while (samplestoread && readsamples);                              samplestoloopend  = loopEnd - GetPos();
1033                      break;                              readsamples       = Read(&pDst[totalreadsamples * this->FrameSize], Min(samplestoread, samplestoloopend), pExternalDecompressionBuffer);
1034                  }                              samplestoread    -= readsamples;
1035                                totalreadsamples += readsamples;
1036                  case loop_type_backward: { // TODO: not tested yet!                              if (readsamples == samplestoloopend) {
1037                      // forward playback (not entered the loop yet)                                  pPlaybackState->reverse = true;
1038                      if (!pPlaybackState->reverse) do {                                  break;
1039                          samplestoloopend  = this->LoopEnd - GetPos();                              }
1040                          readsamples       = Read(&pDst[totalreadsamples * this->FrameSize], Min(samplestoread, samplestoloopend), pExternalDecompressionBuffer);                          } while (samplestoread && readsamples);
                         samplestoread    -= readsamples;  
                         totalreadsamples += readsamples;  
                         if (readsamples == samplestoloopend) {  
                             pPlaybackState->reverse = true;  
                             break;  
                         }  
                     } while (samplestoread && readsamples);  
1041    
1042                      if (!samplestoread) break;                          if (!samplestoread) break;
1043    
1044                      // as we can only read forward from disk, we have to                          // as we can only read forward from disk, we have to
1045                      // determine the end position within the loop first,                          // determine the end position within the loop first,
1046                      // read forward from that 'end' and finally after                          // read forward from that 'end' and finally after
1047                      // reading, swap all sample frames so it reflects                          // reading, swap all sample frames so it reflects
1048                      // backward playback                          // backward playback
1049    
1050                      unsigned long swapareastart       = totalreadsamples;                          file_offset_t swapareastart       = totalreadsamples;
1051                      unsigned long loopoffset          = GetPos() - this->LoopStart;                          file_offset_t loopoffset          = GetPos() - loop.LoopStart;
1052                      unsigned long samplestoreadinloop = (this->LoopPlayCount) ? Min(samplestoread, pPlaybackState->loop_cycles_left * LoopSize - loopoffset)                          file_offset_t samplestoreadinloop = (this->LoopPlayCount) ? Min(samplestoread, pPlaybackState->loop_cycles_left * loop.LoopLength - loopoffset)
1053                                                                                : samplestoread;                                                                                    : samplestoread;
1054                      unsigned long reverseplaybackend  = this->LoopStart + Abs((loopoffset - samplestoreadinloop) % this->LoopSize);                          file_offset_t reverseplaybackend  = loop.LoopStart + Abs((loopoffset - samplestoreadinloop) % loop.LoopLength);
1055    
1056                      SetPos(reverseplaybackend);                          SetPos(reverseplaybackend);
1057    
1058                      // read samples for backward playback                          // read samples for backward playback
1059                      do {                          do {
1060                          // if not endless loop check if max. number of loop cycles have been passed                              // if not endless loop check if max. number of loop cycles have been passed
1061                          if (this->LoopPlayCount && !pPlaybackState->loop_cycles_left) break;                              if (this->LoopPlayCount && !pPlaybackState->loop_cycles_left) break;
1062                          samplestoloopend     = this->LoopEnd - GetPos();                              samplestoloopend     = loopEnd - GetPos();
1063                          readsamples          = Read(&pDst[totalreadsamples * this->FrameSize], Min(samplestoreadinloop, samplestoloopend), pExternalDecompressionBuffer);                              readsamples          = Read(&pDst[totalreadsamples * this->FrameSize], Min(samplestoreadinloop, samplestoloopend), pExternalDecompressionBuffer);
1064                          samplestoreadinloop -= readsamples;                              samplestoreadinloop -= readsamples;
1065                          samplestoread       -= readsamples;                              samplestoread       -= readsamples;
1066                          totalreadsamples    += readsamples;                              totalreadsamples    += readsamples;
1067                          if (readsamples == samplestoloopend) {                              if (readsamples == samplestoloopend) {
1068                              pPlaybackState->loop_cycles_left--;                                  pPlaybackState->loop_cycles_left--;
1069                              SetPos(this->LoopStart);                                  SetPos(loop.LoopStart);
1070                          }                              }
1071                      } while (samplestoreadinloop && readsamples);                          } while (samplestoreadinloop && readsamples);
1072    
1073                      SetPos(reverseplaybackend); // pretend we really read backwards                          SetPos(reverseplaybackend); // pretend we really read backwards
1074    
1075                      // reverse the sample frames for backward playback                          // reverse the sample frames for backward playback
1076                      SwapMemoryArea(&pDst[swapareastart * this->FrameSize], (totalreadsamples - swapareastart) * this->FrameSize, this->FrameSize);                          SwapMemoryArea(&pDst[swapareastart * this->FrameSize], (totalreadsamples - swapareastart) * this->FrameSize, this->FrameSize);
1077                      break;                          break;
1078                  }                      }
1079    
1080                  default: case loop_type_normal: {                      default: case loop_type_normal: {
1081                      do {                          do {
1082                          // if not endless loop check if max. number of loop cycles have been passed                              // if not endless loop check if max. number of loop cycles have been passed
1083                          if (this->LoopPlayCount && !pPlaybackState->loop_cycles_left) break;                              if (this->LoopPlayCount && !pPlaybackState->loop_cycles_left) break;
1084                          samplestoloopend  = this->LoopEnd - GetPos();                              samplestoloopend  = loopEnd - GetPos();
1085                          readsamples       = Read(&pDst[totalreadsamples * this->FrameSize], Min(samplestoread, samplestoloopend), pExternalDecompressionBuffer);                              readsamples       = Read(&pDst[totalreadsamples * this->FrameSize], Min(samplestoread, samplestoloopend), pExternalDecompressionBuffer);
1086                          samplestoread    -= readsamples;                              samplestoread    -= readsamples;
1087                          totalreadsamples += readsamples;                              totalreadsamples += readsamples;
1088                          if (readsamples == samplestoloopend) {                              if (readsamples == samplestoloopend) {
1089                              pPlaybackState->loop_cycles_left--;                                  pPlaybackState->loop_cycles_left--;
1090                              SetPos(this->LoopStart);                                  SetPos(loop.LoopStart);
1091                          }                              }
1092                      } while (samplestoread && readsamples);                          } while (samplestoread && readsamples);
1093                      break;                          break;
1094                        }
1095                  }                  }
1096              }              }
1097          }          }
# Line 741  namespace { Line 1121  namespace {
1121       * have to use an external decompression buffer for <b>EACH</b>       * have to use an external decompression buffer for <b>EACH</b>
1122       * streaming thread to avoid race conditions and crashes!       * streaming thread to avoid race conditions and crashes!
1123       *       *
1124         * For 16 bit samples, the data in the buffer will be int16_t
1125         * (using native endianness). For 24 bit, the buffer will
1126         * contain three bytes per sample, little-endian.
1127         *
1128       * @param pBuffer      destination buffer       * @param pBuffer      destination buffer
1129       * @param SampleCount  number of sample points to read       * @param SampleCount  number of sample points to read
1130       * @param pExternalDecompressionBuffer  (optional) external buffer to use for decompression       * @param pExternalDecompressionBuffer  (optional) external buffer to use for decompression
1131       * @returns            number of successfully read sample points       * @returns            number of successfully read sample points
1132       * @see                SetPos(), CreateDecompressionBuffer()       * @see                SetPos(), CreateDecompressionBuffer()
1133       */       */
1134      unsigned long Sample::Read(void* pBuffer, unsigned long SampleCount, buffer_t* pExternalDecompressionBuffer) {      file_offset_t Sample::Read(void* pBuffer, file_offset_t SampleCount, buffer_t* pExternalDecompressionBuffer) {
1135          if (SampleCount == 0) return 0;          if (SampleCount == 0) return 0;
1136          if (!Compressed) {          if (!Compressed) {
1137              if (BitDepth == 24) {              if (BitDepth == 24) {
1138                  // 24 bit sample. For now just truncate to 16 bit.                  return pCkData->Read(pBuffer, SampleCount * FrameSize, 1) / FrameSize;
                 unsigned char* pSrc = (unsigned char*) ((pExternalDecompressionBuffer) ? pExternalDecompressionBuffer->pStart : this->InternalDecompressionBuffer.pStart);  
                 int16_t* pDst = static_cast<int16_t*>(pBuffer);  
                 if (Channels == 2) { // Stereo  
                     unsigned long readBytes = pCkData->Read(pSrc, SampleCount * 6, 1);  
                     pSrc++;  
                     for (unsigned long i = readBytes ; i > 0 ; i -= 3) {  
                         *pDst++ = get16(pSrc);  
                         pSrc += 3;  
                     }  
                     return (pDst - static_cast<int16_t*>(pBuffer)) >> 1;  
                 }  
                 else { // Mono  
                     unsigned long readBytes = pCkData->Read(pSrc, SampleCount * 3, 1);  
                     pSrc++;  
                     for (unsigned long i = readBytes ; i > 0 ; i -= 3) {  
                         *pDst++ = get16(pSrc);  
                         pSrc += 3;  
                     }  
                     return pDst - static_cast<int16_t*>(pBuffer);  
                 }  
1139              }              }
1140              else { // 16 bit              else { // 16 bit
1141                  // (pCkData->Read does endian correction)                  // (pCkData->Read does endian correction)
# Line 782  namespace { Line 1146  namespace {
1146          else {          else {
1147              if (this->SamplePos >= this->SamplesTotal) return 0;              if (this->SamplePos >= this->SamplesTotal) return 0;
1148              //TODO: efficiency: maybe we should test for an average compression rate              //TODO: efficiency: maybe we should test for an average compression rate
1149              unsigned long assumedsize      = GuessSize(SampleCount),              file_offset_t assumedsize      = GuessSize(SampleCount),
1150                            remainingbytes   = 0,           // remaining bytes in the local buffer                            remainingbytes   = 0,           // remaining bytes in the local buffer
1151                            remainingsamples = SampleCount,                            remainingsamples = SampleCount,
1152                            copysamples, skipsamples,                            copysamples, skipsamples,
# Line 801  namespace { Line 1165  namespace {
1165    
1166              unsigned char* pSrc = (unsigned char*) pDecompressionBuffer->pStart;              unsigned char* pSrc = (unsigned char*) pDecompressionBuffer->pStart;
1167              int16_t* pDst = static_cast<int16_t*>(pBuffer);              int16_t* pDst = static_cast<int16_t*>(pBuffer);
1168                uint8_t* pDst24 = static_cast<uint8_t*>(pBuffer);
1169              remainingbytes = pCkData->Read(pSrc, assumedsize, 1);              remainingbytes = pCkData->Read(pSrc, assumedsize, 1);
1170    
1171              while (remainingsamples && remainingbytes) {              while (remainingsamples && remainingbytes) {
1172                  unsigned long framesamples = SamplesPerFrame;                  file_offset_t framesamples = SamplesPerFrame;
1173                  unsigned long framebytes, rightChannelOffset = 0, nextFrameOffset;                  file_offset_t framebytes, rightChannelOffset = 0, nextFrameOffset;
1174    
1175                  int mode_l = *pSrc++, mode_r = 0;                  int mode_l = *pSrc++, mode_r = 0;
1176    
# Line 882  namespace { Line 1247  namespace {
1247                              const unsigned char* const param_r = pSrc;                              const unsigned char* const param_r = pSrc;
1248                              if (mode_r != 2) pSrc += 12;                              if (mode_r != 2) pSrc += 12;
1249    
1250                              Decompress24(mode_l, param_l, 2, pSrc, pDst,                              Decompress24(mode_l, param_l, 6, pSrc, pDst24,
1251                                           skipsamples, copysamples, TruncatedBits);                                           skipsamples, copysamples, TruncatedBits);
1252                              Decompress24(mode_r, param_r, 2, pSrc + rightChannelOffset, pDst + 1,                              Decompress24(mode_r, param_r, 6, pSrc + rightChannelOffset, pDst24 + 3,
1253                                           skipsamples, copysamples, TruncatedBits);                                           skipsamples, copysamples, TruncatedBits);
1254                              pDst += copysamples << 1;                              pDst24 += copysamples * 6;
1255                          }                          }
1256                          else { // Mono                          else { // Mono
1257                              Decompress24(mode_l, param_l, 1, pSrc, pDst,                              Decompress24(mode_l, param_l, 3, pSrc, pDst24,
1258                                           skipsamples, copysamples, TruncatedBits);                                           skipsamples, copysamples, TruncatedBits);
1259                              pDst += copysamples;                              pDst24 += copysamples * 3;
1260                          }                          }
1261                      }                      }
1262                      else { // 16 bit                      else { // 16 bit
# Line 933  namespace { Line 1298  namespace {
1298          }          }
1299      }      }
1300    
1301        /** @brief Write sample wave data.
1302         *
1303         * Writes \a SampleCount number of sample points from the buffer pointed
1304         * by \a pBuffer and increments the position within the sample. Use this
1305         * method to directly write the sample data to disk, i.e. if you don't
1306         * want or cannot load the whole sample data into RAM.
1307         *
1308         * You have to Resize() the sample to the desired size and call
1309         * File::Save() <b>before</b> using Write().
1310         *
1311         * Note: there is currently no support for writing compressed samples.
1312         *
1313         * For 16 bit samples, the data in the source buffer should be
1314         * int16_t (using native endianness). For 24 bit, the buffer
1315         * should contain three bytes per sample, little-endian.
1316         *
1317         * @param pBuffer     - source buffer
1318         * @param SampleCount - number of sample points to write
1319         * @throws DLS::Exception if current sample size is too small
1320         * @throws gig::Exception if sample is compressed
1321         * @see DLS::LoadSampleData()
1322         */
1323        file_offset_t Sample::Write(void* pBuffer, file_offset_t SampleCount) {
1324            if (Compressed) throw gig::Exception("There is no support for writing compressed gig samples (yet)");
1325    
1326            // if this is the first write in this sample, reset the
1327            // checksum calculator
1328            if (pCkData->GetPos() == 0) {
1329                __resetCRC(crc);
1330            }
1331            if (GetSize() < SampleCount) throw Exception("Could not write sample data, current sample size to small");
1332            file_offset_t res;
1333            if (BitDepth == 24) {
1334                res = pCkData->Write(pBuffer, SampleCount * FrameSize, 1) / FrameSize;
1335            } else { // 16 bit
1336                res = Channels == 2 ? pCkData->Write(pBuffer, SampleCount << 1, 2) >> 1
1337                                    : pCkData->Write(pBuffer, SampleCount, 2);
1338            }
1339            __calculateCRC((unsigned char *)pBuffer, SampleCount * FrameSize, crc);
1340    
1341            // if this is the last write, update the checksum chunk in the
1342            // file
1343            if (pCkData->GetPos() == pCkData->GetSize()) {
1344                __finalizeCRC(crc);
1345                File* pFile = static_cast<File*>(GetParent());
1346                pFile->SetSampleChecksum(this, crc);
1347            }
1348            return res;
1349        }
1350    
1351      /**      /**
1352       * Allocates a decompression buffer for streaming (compressed) samples       * Allocates a decompression buffer for streaming (compressed) samples
1353       * with Sample::Read(). If you are using more than one streaming thread       * with Sample::Read(). If you are using more than one streaming thread
# Line 949  namespace { Line 1364  namespace {
1364       * @returns allocated decompression buffer       * @returns allocated decompression buffer
1365       * @see DestroyDecompressionBuffer()       * @see DestroyDecompressionBuffer()
1366       */       */
1367      buffer_t Sample::CreateDecompressionBuffer(unsigned long MaxReadSize) {      buffer_t Sample::CreateDecompressionBuffer(file_offset_t MaxReadSize) {
1368          buffer_t result;          buffer_t result;
1369          const double worstCaseHeaderOverhead =          const double worstCaseHeaderOverhead =
1370                  (256.0 /*frame size*/ + 12.0 /*header*/ + 2.0 /*compression type flag (stereo)*/) / 256.0;                  (256.0 /*frame size*/ + 12.0 /*header*/ + 2.0 /*compression type flag (stereo)*/) / 256.0;
1371          result.Size              = (unsigned long) (double(MaxReadSize) * 3.0 /*(24 Bit)*/ * 2.0 /*stereo*/ * worstCaseHeaderOverhead);          result.Size              = (file_offset_t) (double(MaxReadSize) * 3.0 /*(24 Bit)*/ * 2.0 /*stereo*/ * worstCaseHeaderOverhead);
1372          result.pStart            = new int8_t[result.Size];          result.pStart            = new int8_t[result.Size];
1373          result.NullExtensionSize = 0;          result.NullExtensionSize = 0;
1374          return result;          return result;
# Line 975  namespace { Line 1390  namespace {
1390          }          }
1391      }      }
1392    
1393        /**
1394         * Returns pointer to the Group this Sample belongs to. In the .gig
1395         * format a sample always belongs to one group. If it wasn't explicitly
1396         * assigned to a certain group, it will be automatically assigned to a
1397         * default group.
1398         *
1399         * @returns Sample's Group (never NULL)
1400         */
1401        Group* Sample::GetGroup() const {
1402            return pGroup;
1403        }
1404    
1405        /**
1406         * Returns the CRC-32 checksum of the sample's raw wave form data at the
1407         * time when this sample's wave form data was modified for the last time
1408         * by calling Write(). This checksum only covers the raw wave form data,
1409         * not any meta informations like i.e. bit depth or loop points. Since
1410         * this method just returns the checksum stored for this sample i.e. when
1411         * the gig file was loaded, this method returns immediately. So it does no
1412         * recalcuation of the checksum with the currently available sample wave
1413         * form data.
1414         *
1415         * @see VerifyWaveData()
1416         */
1417        uint32_t Sample::GetWaveDataCRC32Checksum() {
1418            return crc;
1419        }
1420    
1421        /**
1422         * Checks the integrity of this sample's raw audio wave data. Whenever a
1423         * Sample's raw wave data is intentionally modified (i.e. by calling
1424         * Write() and supplying the new raw audio wave form data) a CRC32 checksum
1425         * is calculated and stored/updated for this sample, along to the sample's
1426         * meta informations.
1427         *
1428         * Now by calling this method the current raw audio wave data is checked
1429         * against the already stored CRC32 check sum in order to check whether the
1430         * sample data had been damaged unintentionally for some reason. Since by
1431         * calling this method always the entire raw audio wave data has to be
1432         * read, verifying all samples this way may take a long time accordingly.
1433         * And that's also the reason why the sample integrity is not checked by
1434         * default whenever a gig file is loaded. So this method must be called
1435         * explicitly to fulfill this task.
1436         *
1437         * @param pActually - (optional) if provided, will be set to the actually
1438         *                    calculated checksum of the current raw wave form data,
1439         *                    you can get the expected checksum instead by calling
1440         *                    GetWaveDataCRC32Checksum()
1441         * @returns true if sample is OK or false if the sample is damaged
1442         * @throws Exception if no checksum had been stored to disk for this
1443         *         sample yet, or on I/O issues
1444         * @see GetWaveDataCRC32Checksum()
1445         */
1446        bool Sample::VerifyWaveData(uint32_t* pActually) {
1447            //File* pFile = static_cast<File*>(GetParent());
1448            uint32_t crc = CalculateWaveDataChecksum();
1449            if (pActually) *pActually = crc;
1450            return crc == this->crc;
1451        }
1452    
1453        uint32_t Sample::CalculateWaveDataChecksum() {
1454            const size_t sz = 20*1024; // 20kB buffer size
1455            std::vector<uint8_t> buffer(sz);
1456            buffer.resize(sz);
1457    
1458            const size_t n = sz / FrameSize;
1459            SetPos(0);
1460            uint32_t crc = 0;
1461            __resetCRC(crc);
1462            while (true) {
1463                file_offset_t nRead = Read(&buffer[0], n);
1464                if (nRead <= 0) break;
1465                __calculateCRC(&buffer[0], nRead * FrameSize, crc);
1466            }
1467            __finalizeCRC(crc);
1468            return crc;
1469        }
1470    
1471      Sample::~Sample() {      Sample::~Sample() {
1472          Instances--;          Instances--;
1473          if (!Instances && InternalDecompressionBuffer.Size) {          if (!Instances && InternalDecompressionBuffer.Size) {
# Line 991  namespace { Line 1484  namespace {
1484  // *************** DimensionRegion ***************  // *************** DimensionRegion ***************
1485  // *  // *
1486    
1487      uint                               DimensionRegion::Instances       = 0;      size_t                             DimensionRegion::Instances       = 0;
1488      DimensionRegion::VelocityTableMap* DimensionRegion::pVelocityTables = NULL;      DimensionRegion::VelocityTableMap* DimensionRegion::pVelocityTables = NULL;
1489    
1490      DimensionRegion::DimensionRegion(RIFF::List* _3ewl) : DLS::Sampler(_3ewl) {      DimensionRegion::DimensionRegion(Region* pParent, RIFF::List* _3ewl) : DLS::Sampler(_3ewl) {
1491          Instances++;          Instances++;
1492    
1493          memcpy(&Crossfade, &SamplerOptions, 4);          pSample = NULL;
1494            pRegion = pParent;
1495    
1496            if (_3ewl->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_WSMP)) memcpy(&Crossfade, &SamplerOptions, 4);
1497            else memset(&Crossfade, 0, 4);
1498    
1499          if (!pVelocityTables) pVelocityTables = new VelocityTableMap;          if (!pVelocityTables) pVelocityTables = new VelocityTableMap;
1500    
1501          RIFF::Chunk* _3ewa = _3ewl->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3EWA);          RIFF::Chunk* _3ewa = _3ewl->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3EWA);
1502          _3ewa->ReadInt32(); // unknown, always 0x0000008C ?          if (_3ewa) { // if '3ewa' chunk exists
1503          LFO3Frequency = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());              _3ewa->ReadInt32(); // unknown, always == chunk size ?
1504          EG3Attack     = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());              LFO3Frequency = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());
1505          _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown              EG3Attack     = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());
1506          LFO1InternalDepth = _3ewa->ReadUint16();              _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown
1507          _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown              LFO1InternalDepth = _3ewa->ReadUint16();
1508          LFO3InternalDepth = _3ewa->ReadInt16();              _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown
1509          _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown              LFO3InternalDepth = _3ewa->ReadInt16();
1510          LFO1ControlDepth = _3ewa->ReadUint16();              _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown
1511          _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown              LFO1ControlDepth = _3ewa->ReadUint16();
1512          LFO3ControlDepth = _3ewa->ReadInt16();              _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown
1513          EG1Attack           = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());              LFO3ControlDepth = _3ewa->ReadInt16();
1514          EG1Decay1           = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());              EG1Attack           = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());
1515          _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown              EG1Decay1           = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());
1516          EG1Sustain          = _3ewa->ReadUint16();              _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown
1517          EG1Release          = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());              EG1Sustain          = _3ewa->ReadUint16();
1518          EG1Controller       = DecodeLeverageController(static_cast<_lev_ctrl_t>(_3ewa->ReadUint8()));              EG1Release          = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());
1519          uint8_t eg1ctrloptions        = _3ewa->ReadUint8();              EG1Controller       = DecodeLeverageController(static_cast<_lev_ctrl_t>(_3ewa->ReadUint8()));
1520          EG1ControllerInvert           = eg1ctrloptions & 0x01;              uint8_t eg1ctrloptions        = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1521          EG1ControllerAttackInfluence  = GIG_EG_CTR_ATTACK_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(eg1ctrloptions);              EG1ControllerInvert           = eg1ctrloptions & 0x01;
1522          EG1ControllerDecayInfluence   = GIG_EG_CTR_DECAY_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(eg1ctrloptions);              EG1ControllerAttackInfluence  = GIG_EG_CTR_ATTACK_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(eg1ctrloptions);
1523          EG1ControllerReleaseInfluence = GIG_EG_CTR_RELEASE_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(eg1ctrloptions);              EG1ControllerDecayInfluence   = GIG_EG_CTR_DECAY_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(eg1ctrloptions);
1524          EG2Controller       = DecodeLeverageController(static_cast<_lev_ctrl_t>(_3ewa->ReadUint8()));              EG1ControllerReleaseInfluence = GIG_EG_CTR_RELEASE_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(eg1ctrloptions);
1525          uint8_t eg2ctrloptions        = _3ewa->ReadUint8();              EG2Controller       = DecodeLeverageController(static_cast<_lev_ctrl_t>(_3ewa->ReadUint8()));
1526          EG2ControllerInvert           = eg2ctrloptions & 0x01;              uint8_t eg2ctrloptions        = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1527          EG2ControllerAttackInfluence  = GIG_EG_CTR_ATTACK_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(eg2ctrloptions);              EG2ControllerInvert           = eg2ctrloptions & 0x01;
1528          EG2ControllerDecayInfluence   = GIG_EG_CTR_DECAY_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(eg2ctrloptions);              EG2ControllerAttackInfluence  = GIG_EG_CTR_ATTACK_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(eg2ctrloptions);
1529          EG2ControllerReleaseInfluence = GIG_EG_CTR_RELEASE_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(eg2ctrloptions);              EG2ControllerDecayInfluence   = GIG_EG_CTR_DECAY_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(eg2ctrloptions);
1530          LFO1Frequency    = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());              EG2ControllerReleaseInfluence = GIG_EG_CTR_RELEASE_INFLUENCE_EXTRACT(eg2ctrloptions);
1531          EG2Attack        = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());              LFO1Frequency    = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());
1532          EG2Decay1        = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());              EG2Attack        = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());
1533          _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown              EG2Decay1        = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());
1534          EG2Sustain       = _3ewa->ReadUint16();              _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown
1535          EG2Release       = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());              EG2Sustain       = _3ewa->ReadUint16();
1536          _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown              EG2Release       = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());
1537          LFO2ControlDepth = _3ewa->ReadUint16();              _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown
1538          LFO2Frequency    = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());              LFO2ControlDepth = _3ewa->ReadUint16();
1539          _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown              LFO2Frequency    = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(_3ewa->ReadInt32());
1540          LFO2InternalDepth = _3ewa->ReadUint16();              _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown
1541          int32_t eg1decay2 = _3ewa->ReadInt32();              LFO2InternalDepth = _3ewa->ReadUint16();
1542          EG1Decay2          = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(eg1decay2);              int32_t eg1decay2 = _3ewa->ReadInt32();
1543          EG1InfiniteSustain = (eg1decay2 == 0x7fffffff);              EG1Decay2          = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(eg1decay2);
1544          _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown              EG1InfiniteSustain = (eg1decay2 == 0x7fffffff);
1545          EG1PreAttack      = _3ewa->ReadUint16();              _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown
1546          int32_t eg2decay2 = _3ewa->ReadInt32();              EG1PreAttack      = _3ewa->ReadUint16();
1547          EG2Decay2         = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(eg2decay2);              int32_t eg2decay2 = _3ewa->ReadInt32();
1548          EG2InfiniteSustain = (eg2decay2 == 0x7fffffff);              EG2Decay2         = (double) GIG_EXP_DECODE(eg2decay2);
1549          _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown              EG2InfiniteSustain = (eg2decay2 == 0x7fffffff);
1550          EG2PreAttack      = _3ewa->ReadUint16();              _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown
1551          uint8_t velocityresponse = _3ewa->ReadUint8();              EG2PreAttack      = _3ewa->ReadUint16();
1552          if (velocityresponse < 5) {              uint8_t velocityresponse = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1553              VelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_nonlinear;              if (velocityresponse < 5) {
1554              VelocityResponseDepth = velocityresponse;                  VelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_nonlinear;
1555          }                  VelocityResponseDepth = velocityresponse;
1556          else if (velocityresponse < 10) {              } else if (velocityresponse < 10) {
1557              VelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_linear;                  VelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_linear;
1558              VelocityResponseDepth = velocityresponse - 5;                  VelocityResponseDepth = velocityresponse - 5;
1559          }              } else if (velocityresponse < 15) {
1560          else if (velocityresponse < 15) {                  VelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_special;
1561              VelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_special;                  VelocityResponseDepth = velocityresponse - 10;
1562              VelocityResponseDepth = velocityresponse - 10;              } else {
1563                    VelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_unknown;
1564                    VelocityResponseDepth = 0;
1565                }
1566                uint8_t releasevelocityresponse = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1567                if (releasevelocityresponse < 5) {
1568                    ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_nonlinear;
1569                    ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth = releasevelocityresponse;
1570                } else if (releasevelocityresponse < 10) {
1571                    ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_linear;
1572                    ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth = releasevelocityresponse - 5;
1573                } else if (releasevelocityresponse < 15) {
1574                    ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_special;
1575                    ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth = releasevelocityresponse - 10;
1576                } else {
1577                    ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_unknown;
1578                    ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth = 0;
1579                }
1580                VelocityResponseCurveScaling = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1581                AttenuationControllerThreshold = _3ewa->ReadInt8();
1582                _3ewa->ReadInt32(); // unknown
1583                SampleStartOffset = (uint16_t) _3ewa->ReadInt16();
1584                _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown
1585                uint8_t pitchTrackDimensionBypass = _3ewa->ReadInt8();
1586                PitchTrack = GIG_PITCH_TRACK_EXTRACT(pitchTrackDimensionBypass);
1587                if      (pitchTrackDimensionBypass & 0x10) DimensionBypass = dim_bypass_ctrl_94;
1588                else if (pitchTrackDimensionBypass & 0x20) DimensionBypass = dim_bypass_ctrl_95;
1589                else                                       DimensionBypass = dim_bypass_ctrl_none;
1590                uint8_t pan = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1591                Pan         = (pan < 64) ? pan : -((int)pan - 63); // signed 7 bit -> signed 8 bit
1592                SelfMask = _3ewa->ReadInt8() & 0x01;
1593                _3ewa->ReadInt8(); // unknown
1594                uint8_t lfo3ctrl = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1595                LFO3Controller           = static_cast<lfo3_ctrl_t>(lfo3ctrl & 0x07); // lower 3 bits
1596                LFO3Sync                 = lfo3ctrl & 0x20; // bit 5
1597                InvertAttenuationController = lfo3ctrl & 0x80; // bit 7
1598                AttenuationController  = DecodeLeverageController(static_cast<_lev_ctrl_t>(_3ewa->ReadUint8()));
1599                uint8_t lfo2ctrl       = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1600                LFO2Controller         = static_cast<lfo2_ctrl_t>(lfo2ctrl & 0x07); // lower 3 bits
1601                LFO2FlipPhase          = lfo2ctrl & 0x80; // bit 7
1602                LFO2Sync               = lfo2ctrl & 0x20; // bit 5
1603                bool extResonanceCtrl  = lfo2ctrl & 0x40; // bit 6
1604                uint8_t lfo1ctrl       = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1605                LFO1Controller         = static_cast<lfo1_ctrl_t>(lfo1ctrl & 0x07); // lower 3 bits
1606                LFO1FlipPhase          = lfo1ctrl & 0x80; // bit 7
1607                LFO1Sync               = lfo1ctrl & 0x40; // bit 6
1608                VCFResonanceController = (extResonanceCtrl) ? static_cast<vcf_res_ctrl_t>(GIG_VCF_RESONANCE_CTRL_EXTRACT(lfo1ctrl))
1609                                                            : vcf_res_ctrl_none;
1610                uint16_t eg3depth = _3ewa->ReadUint16();
1611                EG3Depth = (eg3depth <= 1200) ? eg3depth /* positives */
1612                                            : (-1) * (int16_t) ((eg3depth ^ 0xfff) + 1); /* binary complementary for negatives */
1613                _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown
1614                ChannelOffset = _3ewa->ReadUint8() / 4;
1615                uint8_t regoptions = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1616                MSDecode           = regoptions & 0x01; // bit 0
1617                SustainDefeat      = regoptions & 0x02; // bit 1
1618                _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown
1619                VelocityUpperLimit = _3ewa->ReadInt8();
1620                _3ewa->ReadInt8(); // unknown
1621                _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown
1622                ReleaseTriggerDecay = _3ewa->ReadUint8(); // release trigger decay
1623                _3ewa->ReadInt8(); // unknown
1624                _3ewa->ReadInt8(); // unknown
1625                EG1Hold = _3ewa->ReadUint8() & 0x80; // bit 7
1626                uint8_t vcfcutoff = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1627                VCFEnabled = vcfcutoff & 0x80; // bit 7
1628                VCFCutoff  = vcfcutoff & 0x7f; // lower 7 bits
1629                VCFCutoffController = static_cast<vcf_cutoff_ctrl_t>(_3ewa->ReadUint8());
1630                uint8_t vcfvelscale = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1631                VCFCutoffControllerInvert = vcfvelscale & 0x80; // bit 7
1632                VCFVelocityScale = vcfvelscale & 0x7f; // lower 7 bits
1633                _3ewa->ReadInt8(); // unknown
1634                uint8_t vcfresonance = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1635                VCFResonance = vcfresonance & 0x7f; // lower 7 bits
1636                VCFResonanceDynamic = !(vcfresonance & 0x80); // bit 7
1637                uint8_t vcfbreakpoint         = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1638                VCFKeyboardTracking           = vcfbreakpoint & 0x80; // bit 7
1639                VCFKeyboardTrackingBreakpoint = vcfbreakpoint & 0x7f; // lower 7 bits
1640                uint8_t vcfvelocity = _3ewa->ReadUint8();
1641                VCFVelocityDynamicRange = vcfvelocity % 5;
1642                VCFVelocityCurve        = static_cast<curve_type_t>(vcfvelocity / 5);
1643                VCFType = static_cast<vcf_type_t>(_3ewa->ReadUint8());
1644                if (VCFType == vcf_type_lowpass) {
1645                    if (lfo3ctrl & 0x40) // bit 6
1646                        VCFType = vcf_type_lowpassturbo;
1647                }
1648                if (_3ewa->RemainingBytes() >= 8) {
1649                    _3ewa->Read(DimensionUpperLimits, 1, 8);
1650                } else {
1651                    memset(DimensionUpperLimits, 0, 8);
1652                }
1653            } else { // '3ewa' chunk does not exist yet
1654                // use default values
1655                LFO3Frequency                   = 1.0;
1656                EG3Attack                       = 0.0;
1657                LFO1InternalDepth               = 0;
1658                LFO3InternalDepth               = 0;
1659                LFO1ControlDepth                = 0;
1660                LFO3ControlDepth                = 0;
1661                EG1Attack                       = 0.0;
1662                EG1Decay1                       = 0.005;
1663                EG1Sustain                      = 1000;
1664                EG1Release                      = 0.3;
1665                EG1Controller.type              = eg1_ctrl_t::type_none;
1666                EG1Controller.controller_number = 0;
1667                EG1ControllerInvert             = false;
1668                EG1ControllerAttackInfluence    = 0;
1669                EG1ControllerDecayInfluence     = 0;
1670                EG1ControllerReleaseInfluence   = 0;
1671                EG2Controller.type              = eg2_ctrl_t::type_none;
1672                EG2Controller.controller_number = 0;
1673                EG2ControllerInvert             = false;
1674                EG2ControllerAttackInfluence    = 0;
1675                EG2ControllerDecayInfluence     = 0;
1676                EG2ControllerReleaseInfluence   = 0;
1677                LFO1Frequency                   = 1.0;
1678                EG2Attack                       = 0.0;
1679                EG2Decay1                       = 0.005;
1680                EG2Sustain                      = 1000;
1681                EG2Release                      = 60;
1682                LFO2ControlDepth                = 0;
1683                LFO2Frequency                   = 1.0;
1684                LFO2InternalDepth               = 0;
1685                EG1Decay2                       = 0.0;
1686                EG1InfiniteSustain              = true;
1687                EG1PreAttack                    = 0;
1688                EG2Decay2                       = 0.0;
1689                EG2InfiniteSustain              = true;
1690                EG2PreAttack                    = 0;
1691                VelocityResponseCurve           = curve_type_nonlinear;
1692                VelocityResponseDepth           = 3;
1693                ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve    = curve_type_nonlinear;
1694                ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth    = 3;
1695                VelocityResponseCurveScaling    = 32;
1696                AttenuationControllerThreshold  = 0;
1697                SampleStartOffset               = 0;
1698                PitchTrack                      = true;
1699                DimensionBypass                 = dim_bypass_ctrl_none;
1700                Pan                             = 0;
1701                SelfMask                        = true;
1702                LFO3Controller                  = lfo3_ctrl_modwheel;
1703                LFO3Sync                        = false;
1704                InvertAttenuationController     = false;
1705                AttenuationController.type      = attenuation_ctrl_t::type_none;
1706                AttenuationController.controller_number = 0;
1707                LFO2Controller                  = lfo2_ctrl_internal;
1708                LFO2FlipPhase                   = false;
1709                LFO2Sync                        = false;
1710                LFO1Controller                  = lfo1_ctrl_internal;
1711                LFO1FlipPhase                   = false;
1712                LFO1Sync                        = false;
1713                VCFResonanceController          = vcf_res_ctrl_none;
1714                EG3Depth                        = 0;
1715                ChannelOffset                   = 0;
1716                MSDecode                        = false;
1717                SustainDefeat                   = false;
1718                VelocityUpperLimit              = 0;
1719                ReleaseTriggerDecay             = 0;
1720                EG1Hold                         = false;
1721                VCFEnabled                      = false;
1722                VCFCutoff                       = 0;
1723                VCFCutoffController             = vcf_cutoff_ctrl_none;
1724                VCFCutoffControllerInvert       = false;
1725                VCFVelocityScale                = 0;
1726                VCFResonance                    = 0;
1727                VCFResonanceDynamic             = false;
1728                VCFKeyboardTracking             = false;
1729                VCFKeyboardTrackingBreakpoint   = 0;
1730                VCFVelocityDynamicRange         = 0x04;
1731                VCFVelocityCurve                = curve_type_linear;
1732                VCFType                         = vcf_type_lowpass;
1733                memset(DimensionUpperLimits, 127, 8);
1734            }
1735            // format extension for EG behavior options, these will *NOT* work with
1736            // Gigasampler/GigaStudio !
1737            RIFF::Chunk* lsde = _3ewl->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_LSDE);
1738            if (lsde) {
1739                eg_opt_t* pEGOpts[2] = { &EG1Options, &EG2Options };
1740                for (int i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
1741                    unsigned char byte = lsde->ReadUint8();
1742                    pEGOpts[i]->AttackCancel     = byte & 1;
1743                    pEGOpts[i]->AttackHoldCancel = byte & (1 << 1);
1744                    pEGOpts[i]->Decay1Cancel     = byte & (1 << 2);
1745                    pEGOpts[i]->Decay2Cancel     = byte & (1 << 3);
1746                    pEGOpts[i]->ReleaseCancel    = byte & (1 << 4);
1747                }
1748          }          }
1749          else {  
1750              VelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_unknown;          pVelocityAttenuationTable = GetVelocityTable(VelocityResponseCurve,
1751              VelocityResponseDepth = 0;                                                       VelocityResponseDepth,
1752                                                         VelocityResponseCurveScaling);
1753    
1754            pVelocityReleaseTable = GetReleaseVelocityTable(
1755                                        ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve,
1756                                        ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth
1757                                    );
1758    
1759            pVelocityCutoffTable = GetCutoffVelocityTable(VCFVelocityCurve,
1760                                                          VCFVelocityDynamicRange,
1761                                                          VCFVelocityScale,
1762                                                          VCFCutoffController);
1763    
1764            SampleAttenuation = pow(10.0, -Gain / (20.0 * 655360));
1765            VelocityTable = 0;
1766        }
1767    
1768        /*
1769         * Constructs a DimensionRegion by copying all parameters from
1770         * another DimensionRegion
1771         */
1772        DimensionRegion::DimensionRegion(RIFF::List* _3ewl, const DimensionRegion& src) : DLS::Sampler(_3ewl) {
1773            Instances++;
1774            //NOTE: I think we cannot call CopyAssign() here (in a constructor) as long as its a virtual method
1775            *this = src; // default memberwise shallow copy of all parameters
1776            pParentList = _3ewl; // restore the chunk pointer
1777    
1778            // deep copy of owned structures
1779            if (src.VelocityTable) {
1780                VelocityTable = new uint8_t[128];
1781                for (int k = 0 ; k < 128 ; k++)
1782                    VelocityTable[k] = src.VelocityTable[k];
1783            }
1784            if (src.pSampleLoops) {
1785                pSampleLoops = new DLS::sample_loop_t[src.SampleLoops];
1786                for (int k = 0 ; k < src.SampleLoops ; k++)
1787                    pSampleLoops[k] = src.pSampleLoops[k];
1788          }          }
1789          uint8_t releasevelocityresponse = _3ewa->ReadUint8();      }
1790          if (releasevelocityresponse < 5) {      
1791              ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_nonlinear;      /**
1792              ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth = releasevelocityresponse;       * Make a (semi) deep copy of the DimensionRegion object given by @a orig
1793          }       * and assign it to this object.
1794          else if (releasevelocityresponse < 10) {       *
1795              ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_linear;       * Note that all sample pointers referenced by @a orig are simply copied as
1796              ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth = releasevelocityresponse - 5;       * memory address. Thus the respective samples are shared, not duplicated!
1797          }       *
1798          else if (releasevelocityresponse < 15) {       * @param orig - original DimensionRegion object to be copied from
1799              ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_special;       */
1800              ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth = releasevelocityresponse - 10;      void DimensionRegion::CopyAssign(const DimensionRegion* orig) {
1801            CopyAssign(orig, NULL);
1802        }
1803    
1804        /**
1805         * Make a (semi) deep copy of the DimensionRegion object given by @a orig
1806         * and assign it to this object.
1807         *
1808         * @param orig - original DimensionRegion object to be copied from
1809         * @param mSamples - crosslink map between the foreign file's samples and
1810         *                   this file's samples
1811         */
1812        void DimensionRegion::CopyAssign(const DimensionRegion* orig, const std::map<Sample*,Sample*>* mSamples) {
1813            // delete all allocated data first
1814            if (VelocityTable) delete [] VelocityTable;
1815            if (pSampleLoops) delete [] pSampleLoops;
1816            
1817            // backup parent list pointer
1818            RIFF::List* p = pParentList;
1819            
1820            gig::Sample* pOriginalSample = pSample;
1821            gig::Region* pOriginalRegion = pRegion;
1822            
1823            //NOTE: copy code copied from assignment constructor above, see comment there as well
1824            
1825            *this = *orig; // default memberwise shallow copy of all parameters
1826            
1827            // restore members that shall not be altered
1828            pParentList = p; // restore the chunk pointer
1829            pRegion = pOriginalRegion;
1830            
1831            // only take the raw sample reference reference if the
1832            // two DimensionRegion objects are part of the same file
1833            if (pOriginalRegion->GetParent()->GetParent() != orig->pRegion->GetParent()->GetParent()) {
1834                pSample = pOriginalSample;
1835            }
1836            
1837            if (mSamples && mSamples->count(orig->pSample)) {
1838                pSample = mSamples->find(orig->pSample)->second;
1839            }
1840    
1841            // deep copy of owned structures
1842            if (orig->VelocityTable) {
1843                VelocityTable = new uint8_t[128];
1844                for (int k = 0 ; k < 128 ; k++)
1845                    VelocityTable[k] = orig->VelocityTable[k];
1846            }
1847            if (orig->pSampleLoops) {
1848                pSampleLoops = new DLS::sample_loop_t[orig->SampleLoops];
1849                for (int k = 0 ; k < orig->SampleLoops ; k++)
1850                    pSampleLoops[k] = orig->pSampleLoops[k];
1851            }
1852        }
1853    
1854        void DimensionRegion::serialize(Serialization::Archive* archive) {
1855            // in case this class will become backward incompatible one day,
1856            // then set a version and minimum version for this class like:
1857            //archive->setVersion(*this, 2);
1858            //archive->setMinVersion(*this, 1);
1859    
1860            SRLZ(VelocityUpperLimit);
1861            SRLZ(EG1PreAttack);
1862            SRLZ(EG1Attack);
1863            SRLZ(EG1Decay1);
1864            SRLZ(EG1Decay2);
1865            SRLZ(EG1InfiniteSustain);
1866            SRLZ(EG1Sustain);
1867            SRLZ(EG1Release);
1868            SRLZ(EG1Hold);
1869            SRLZ(EG1Controller);
1870            SRLZ(EG1ControllerInvert);
1871            SRLZ(EG1ControllerAttackInfluence);
1872            SRLZ(EG1ControllerDecayInfluence);
1873            SRLZ(EG1ControllerReleaseInfluence);
1874            SRLZ(LFO1Frequency);
1875            SRLZ(LFO1InternalDepth);
1876            SRLZ(LFO1ControlDepth);
1877            SRLZ(LFO1Controller);
1878            SRLZ(LFO1FlipPhase);
1879            SRLZ(LFO1Sync);
1880            SRLZ(EG2PreAttack);
1881            SRLZ(EG2Attack);
1882            SRLZ(EG2Decay1);
1883            SRLZ(EG2Decay2);
1884            SRLZ(EG2InfiniteSustain);
1885            SRLZ(EG2Sustain);
1886            SRLZ(EG2Release);
1887            SRLZ(EG2Controller);
1888            SRLZ(EG2ControllerInvert);
1889            SRLZ(EG2ControllerAttackInfluence);
1890            SRLZ(EG2ControllerDecayInfluence);
1891            SRLZ(EG2ControllerReleaseInfluence);
1892            SRLZ(LFO2Frequency);
1893            SRLZ(LFO2InternalDepth);
1894            SRLZ(LFO2ControlDepth);
1895            SRLZ(LFO2Controller);
1896            SRLZ(LFO2FlipPhase);
1897            SRLZ(LFO2Sync);
1898            SRLZ(EG3Attack);
1899            SRLZ(EG3Depth);
1900            SRLZ(LFO3Frequency);
1901            SRLZ(LFO3InternalDepth);
1902            SRLZ(LFO3ControlDepth);
1903            SRLZ(LFO3Controller);
1904            SRLZ(LFO3Sync);
1905            SRLZ(VCFEnabled);
1906            SRLZ(VCFType);
1907            SRLZ(VCFCutoffController);
1908            SRLZ(VCFCutoffControllerInvert);
1909            SRLZ(VCFCutoff);
1910            SRLZ(VCFVelocityCurve);
1911            SRLZ(VCFVelocityScale);
1912            SRLZ(VCFVelocityDynamicRange);
1913            SRLZ(VCFResonance);
1914            SRLZ(VCFResonanceDynamic);
1915            SRLZ(VCFResonanceController);
1916            SRLZ(VCFKeyboardTracking);
1917            SRLZ(VCFKeyboardTrackingBreakpoint);
1918            SRLZ(VelocityResponseCurve);
1919            SRLZ(VelocityResponseDepth);
1920            SRLZ(VelocityResponseCurveScaling);
1921            SRLZ(ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve);
1922            SRLZ(ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth);
1923            SRLZ(ReleaseTriggerDecay);
1924            SRLZ(Crossfade);
1925            SRLZ(PitchTrack);
1926            SRLZ(DimensionBypass);
1927            SRLZ(Pan);
1928            SRLZ(SelfMask);
1929            SRLZ(AttenuationController);
1930            SRLZ(InvertAttenuationController);
1931            SRLZ(AttenuationControllerThreshold);
1932            SRLZ(ChannelOffset);
1933            SRLZ(SustainDefeat);
1934            SRLZ(MSDecode);
1935            //SRLZ(SampleStartOffset);
1936            SRLZ(SampleAttenuation);
1937            SRLZ(EG1Options);
1938            SRLZ(EG2Options);
1939    
1940            // derived attributes from DLS::Sampler
1941            SRLZ(FineTune);
1942            SRLZ(Gain);
1943        }
1944    
1945        /**
1946         * Updates the respective member variable and updates @c SampleAttenuation
1947         * which depends on this value.
1948         */
1949        void DimensionRegion::SetGain(int32_t gain) {
1950            DLS::Sampler::SetGain(gain);
1951            SampleAttenuation = pow(10.0, -Gain / (20.0 * 655360));
1952        }
1953    
1954        /**
1955         * Apply dimension region settings to the respective RIFF chunks. You
1956         * have to call File::Save() to make changes persistent.
1957         *
1958         * Usually there is absolutely no need to call this method explicitly.
1959         * It will be called automatically when File::Save() was called.
1960         *
1961         * @param pProgress - callback function for progress notification
1962         */
1963        void DimensionRegion::UpdateChunks(progress_t* pProgress) {
1964            // first update base class's chunk
1965            DLS::Sampler::UpdateChunks(pProgress);
1966    
1967            RIFF::Chunk* wsmp = pParentList->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_WSMP);
1968            uint8_t* pData = (uint8_t*) wsmp->LoadChunkData();
1969            pData[12] = Crossfade.in_start;
1970            pData[13] = Crossfade.in_end;
1971            pData[14] = Crossfade.out_start;
1972            pData[15] = Crossfade.out_end;
1973    
1974            // make sure '3ewa' chunk exists
1975            RIFF::Chunk* _3ewa = pParentList->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3EWA);
1976            if (!_3ewa) {
1977                File* pFile = (File*) GetParent()->GetParent()->GetParent();
1978                bool version3 = pFile->pVersion && pFile->pVersion->major == 3;
1979                _3ewa = pParentList->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3EWA, version3 ? 148 : 140);
1980          }          }
1981          else {          pData = (uint8_t*) _3ewa->LoadChunkData();
1982              ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve = curve_type_unknown;  
1983              ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth = 0;          // update '3ewa' chunk with DimensionRegion's current settings
1984    
1985            const uint32_t chunksize = (uint32_t) _3ewa->GetNewSize();
1986            store32(&pData[0], chunksize); // unknown, always chunk size?
1987    
1988            const int32_t lfo3freq = (int32_t) GIG_EXP_ENCODE(LFO3Frequency);
1989            store32(&pData[4], lfo3freq);
1990    
1991            const int32_t eg3attack = (int32_t) GIG_EXP_ENCODE(EG3Attack);
1992            store32(&pData[8], eg3attack);
1993    
1994            // next 2 bytes unknown
1995    
1996            store16(&pData[14], LFO1InternalDepth);
1997    
1998            // next 2 bytes unknown
1999    
2000            store16(&pData[18], LFO3InternalDepth);
2001    
2002            // next 2 bytes unknown
2003    
2004            store16(&pData[22], LFO1ControlDepth);
2005    
2006            // next 2 bytes unknown
2007    
2008            store16(&pData[26], LFO3ControlDepth);
2009    
2010            const int32_t eg1attack = (int32_t) GIG_EXP_ENCODE(EG1Attack);
2011            store32(&pData[28], eg1attack);
2012    
2013            const int32_t eg1decay1 = (int32_t) GIG_EXP_ENCODE(EG1Decay1);
2014            store32(&pData[32], eg1decay1);
2015    
2016            // next 2 bytes unknown
2017    
2018            store16(&pData[38], EG1Sustain);
2019    
2020            const int32_t eg1release = (int32_t) GIG_EXP_ENCODE(EG1Release);
2021            store32(&pData[40], eg1release);
2022    
2023            const uint8_t eg1ctl = (uint8_t) EncodeLeverageController(EG1Controller);
2024            pData[44] = eg1ctl;
2025    
2026            const uint8_t eg1ctrloptions =
2027                (EG1ControllerInvert ? 0x01 : 0x00) |
2028                GIG_EG_CTR_ATTACK_INFLUENCE_ENCODE(EG1ControllerAttackInfluence) |
2029                GIG_EG_CTR_DECAY_INFLUENCE_ENCODE(EG1ControllerDecayInfluence) |
2030                GIG_EG_CTR_RELEASE_INFLUENCE_ENCODE(EG1ControllerReleaseInfluence);
2031            pData[45] = eg1ctrloptions;
2032    
2033            const uint8_t eg2ctl = (uint8_t) EncodeLeverageController(EG2Controller);
2034            pData[46] = eg2ctl;
2035    
2036            const uint8_t eg2ctrloptions =
2037                (EG2ControllerInvert ? 0x01 : 0x00) |
2038                GIG_EG_CTR_ATTACK_INFLUENCE_ENCODE(EG2ControllerAttackInfluence) |
2039                GIG_EG_CTR_DECAY_INFLUENCE_ENCODE(EG2ControllerDecayInfluence) |
2040                GIG_EG_CTR_RELEASE_INFLUENCE_ENCODE(EG2ControllerReleaseInfluence);
2041            pData[47] = eg2ctrloptions;
2042    
2043            const int32_t lfo1freq = (int32_t) GIG_EXP_ENCODE(LFO1Frequency);
2044            store32(&pData[48], lfo1freq);
2045    
2046            const int32_t eg2attack = (int32_t) GIG_EXP_ENCODE(EG2Attack);
2047            store32(&pData[52], eg2attack);
2048    
2049            const int32_t eg2decay1 = (int32_t) GIG_EXP_ENCODE(EG2Decay1);
2050            store32(&pData[56], eg2decay1);
2051    
2052            // next 2 bytes unknown
2053    
2054            store16(&pData[62], EG2Sustain);
2055    
2056            const int32_t eg2release = (int32_t) GIG_EXP_ENCODE(EG2Release);
2057            store32(&pData[64], eg2release);
2058    
2059            // next 2 bytes unknown
2060    
2061            store16(&pData[70], LFO2ControlDepth);
2062    
2063            const int32_t lfo2freq = (int32_t) GIG_EXP_ENCODE(LFO2Frequency);
2064            store32(&pData[72], lfo2freq);
2065    
2066            // next 2 bytes unknown
2067    
2068            store16(&pData[78], LFO2InternalDepth);
2069    
2070            const int32_t eg1decay2 = (int32_t) (EG1InfiniteSustain) ? 0x7fffffff : (int32_t) GIG_EXP_ENCODE(EG1Decay2);
2071            store32(&pData[80], eg1decay2);
2072    
2073            // next 2 bytes unknown
2074    
2075            store16(&pData[86], EG1PreAttack);
2076    
2077            const int32_t eg2decay2 = (int32_t) (EG2InfiniteSustain) ? 0x7fffffff : (int32_t) GIG_EXP_ENCODE(EG2Decay2);
2078            store32(&pData[88], eg2decay2);
2079    
2080            // next 2 bytes unknown
2081    
2082            store16(&pData[94], EG2PreAttack);
2083    
2084            {
2085                if (VelocityResponseDepth > 4) throw Exception("VelocityResponseDepth must be between 0 and 4");
2086                uint8_t velocityresponse = VelocityResponseDepth;
2087                switch (VelocityResponseCurve) {
2088                    case curve_type_nonlinear:
2089                        break;
2090                    case curve_type_linear:
2091                        velocityresponse += 5;
2092                        break;
2093                    case curve_type_special:
2094                        velocityresponse += 10;
2095                        break;
2096                    case curve_type_unknown:
2097                    default:
2098                        throw Exception("Could not update DimensionRegion's chunk, unknown VelocityResponseCurve selected");
2099                }
2100                pData[96] = velocityresponse;
2101          }          }
2102          VelocityResponseCurveScaling = _3ewa->ReadUint8();  
2103          AttenuationControllerThreshold = _3ewa->ReadInt8();          {
2104          _3ewa->ReadInt32(); // unknown              if (ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth > 4) throw Exception("ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth must be between 0 and 4");
2105          SampleStartOffset = (uint16_t) _3ewa->ReadInt16();              uint8_t releasevelocityresponse = ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth;
2106          _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown              switch (ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve) {
2107          uint8_t pitchTrackDimensionBypass = _3ewa->ReadInt8();                  case curve_type_nonlinear:
2108          PitchTrack = GIG_PITCH_TRACK_EXTRACT(pitchTrackDimensionBypass);                      break;
2109          if      (pitchTrackDimensionBypass & 0x10) DimensionBypass = dim_bypass_ctrl_94;                  case curve_type_linear:
2110          else if (pitchTrackDimensionBypass & 0x20) DimensionBypass = dim_bypass_ctrl_95;                      releasevelocityresponse += 5;
2111          else                                       DimensionBypass = dim_bypass_ctrl_none;                      break;
2112          uint8_t pan = _3ewa->ReadUint8();                  case curve_type_special:
2113          Pan         = (pan < 64) ? pan : -((int)pan - 63); // signed 7 bit -> signed 8 bit                      releasevelocityresponse += 10;
2114          SelfMask = _3ewa->ReadInt8() & 0x01;                      break;
2115          _3ewa->ReadInt8(); // unknown                  case curve_type_unknown:
2116          uint8_t lfo3ctrl = _3ewa->ReadUint8();                  default:
2117          LFO3Controller           = static_cast<lfo3_ctrl_t>(lfo3ctrl & 0x07); // lower 3 bits                      throw Exception("Could not update DimensionRegion's chunk, unknown ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve selected");
2118          LFO3Sync                 = lfo3ctrl & 0x20; // bit 5              }
2119          InvertAttenuationController = lfo3ctrl & 0x80; // bit 7              pData[97] = releasevelocityresponse;
         AttenuationController  = DecodeLeverageController(static_cast<_lev_ctrl_t>(_3ewa->ReadUint8()));  
         uint8_t lfo2ctrl       = _3ewa->ReadUint8();  
         LFO2Controller         = static_cast<lfo2_ctrl_t>(lfo2ctrl & 0x07); // lower 3 bits  
         LFO2FlipPhase          = lfo2ctrl & 0x80; // bit 7  
         LFO2Sync               = lfo2ctrl & 0x20; // bit 5  
         bool extResonanceCtrl  = lfo2ctrl & 0x40; // bit 6  
         uint8_t lfo1ctrl       = _3ewa->ReadUint8();  
         LFO1Controller         = static_cast<lfo1_ctrl_t>(lfo1ctrl & 0x07); // lower 3 bits  
         LFO1FlipPhase          = lfo1ctrl & 0x80; // bit 7  
         LFO1Sync               = lfo1ctrl & 0x40; // bit 6  
         VCFResonanceController = (extResonanceCtrl) ? static_cast<vcf_res_ctrl_t>(GIG_VCF_RESONANCE_CTRL_EXTRACT(lfo1ctrl))  
                                                     : vcf_res_ctrl_none;  
         uint16_t eg3depth = _3ewa->ReadUint16();  
         EG3Depth = (eg3depth <= 1200) ? eg3depth /* positives */  
                                       : (-1) * (int16_t) ((eg3depth ^ 0xffff) + 1); /* binary complementary for negatives */  
         _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown  
         ChannelOffset = _3ewa->ReadUint8() / 4;  
         uint8_t regoptions = _3ewa->ReadUint8();  
         MSDecode           = regoptions & 0x01; // bit 0  
         SustainDefeat      = regoptions & 0x02; // bit 1  
         _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown  
         VelocityUpperLimit = _3ewa->ReadInt8();  
         _3ewa->ReadInt8(); // unknown  
         _3ewa->ReadInt16(); // unknown  
         ReleaseTriggerDecay = _3ewa->ReadUint8(); // release trigger decay  
         _3ewa->ReadInt8(); // unknown  
         _3ewa->ReadInt8(); // unknown  
         EG1Hold = _3ewa->ReadUint8() & 0x80; // bit 7  
         uint8_t vcfcutoff = _3ewa->ReadUint8();  
         VCFEnabled = vcfcutoff & 0x80; // bit 7  
         VCFCutoff  = vcfcutoff & 0x7f; // lower 7 bits  
         VCFCutoffController = static_cast<vcf_cutoff_ctrl_t>(_3ewa->ReadUint8());  
         uint8_t vcfvelscale = _3ewa->ReadUint8();  
         VCFCutoffControllerInvert = vcfvelscale & 0x80; // bit 7  
         VCFVelocityScale = vcfvelscale & 0x7f; // lower 7 bits  
         _3ewa->ReadInt8(); // unknown  
         uint8_t vcfresonance = _3ewa->ReadUint8();  
         VCFResonance = vcfresonance & 0x7f; // lower 7 bits  
         VCFResonanceDynamic = !(vcfresonance & 0x80); // bit 7  
         uint8_t vcfbreakpoint         = _3ewa->ReadUint8();  
         VCFKeyboardTracking           = vcfbreakpoint & 0x80; // bit 7  
         VCFKeyboardTrackingBreakpoint = vcfbreakpoint & 0x7f; // lower 7 bits  
         uint8_t vcfvelocity = _3ewa->ReadUint8();  
         VCFVelocityDynamicRange = vcfvelocity % 5;  
         VCFVelocityCurve        = static_cast<curve_type_t>(vcfvelocity / 5);  
         VCFType = static_cast<vcf_type_t>(_3ewa->ReadUint8());  
         if (VCFType == vcf_type_lowpass) {  
             if (lfo3ctrl & 0x40) // bit 6  
                 VCFType = vcf_type_lowpassturbo;  
2120          }          }
2121    
2122          pVelocityAttenuationTable = GetVelocityTable(VelocityResponseCurve,          pData[98] = VelocityResponseCurveScaling;
2123                                                       VelocityResponseDepth,  
2124                                                       VelocityResponseCurveScaling);          pData[99] = AttenuationControllerThreshold;
2125    
2126            // next 4 bytes unknown
2127    
2128            store16(&pData[104], SampleStartOffset);
2129    
2130            // next 2 bytes unknown
2131    
2132            {
2133                uint8_t pitchTrackDimensionBypass = GIG_PITCH_TRACK_ENCODE(PitchTrack);
2134                switch (DimensionBypass) {
2135                    case dim_bypass_ctrl_94:
2136                        pitchTrackDimensionBypass |= 0x10;
2137                        break;
2138                    case dim_bypass_ctrl_95:
2139                        pitchTrackDimensionBypass |= 0x20;
2140                        break;
2141                    case dim_bypass_ctrl_none:
2142                        //FIXME: should we set anything here?
2143                        break;
2144                    default:
2145                        throw Exception("Could not update DimensionRegion's chunk, unknown DimensionBypass selected");
2146                }
2147                pData[108] = pitchTrackDimensionBypass;
2148            }
2149    
2150            const uint8_t pan = (Pan >= 0) ? Pan : ((-Pan) + 63); // signed 8 bit -> signed 7 bit
2151            pData[109] = pan;
2152    
2153            const uint8_t selfmask = (SelfMask) ? 0x01 : 0x00;
2154            pData[110] = selfmask;
2155    
2156            // next byte unknown
2157    
2158            {
2159                uint8_t lfo3ctrl = LFO3Controller & 0x07; // lower 3 bits
2160                if (LFO3Sync) lfo3ctrl |= 0x20; // bit 5
2161                if (InvertAttenuationController) lfo3ctrl |= 0x80; // bit 7
2162                if (VCFType == vcf_type_lowpassturbo) lfo3ctrl |= 0x40; // bit 6
2163                pData[112] = lfo3ctrl;
2164            }
2165    
2166            const uint8_t attenctl = EncodeLeverageController(AttenuationController);
2167            pData[113] = attenctl;
2168    
2169            {
2170                uint8_t lfo2ctrl = LFO2Controller & 0x07; // lower 3 bits
2171                if (LFO2FlipPhase) lfo2ctrl |= 0x80; // bit 7
2172                if (LFO2Sync)      lfo2ctrl |= 0x20; // bit 5
2173                if (VCFResonanceController != vcf_res_ctrl_none) lfo2ctrl |= 0x40; // bit 6
2174                pData[114] = lfo2ctrl;
2175            }
2176    
2177            {
2178                uint8_t lfo1ctrl = LFO1Controller & 0x07; // lower 3 bits
2179                if (LFO1FlipPhase) lfo1ctrl |= 0x80; // bit 7
2180                if (LFO1Sync)      lfo1ctrl |= 0x40; // bit 6
2181                if (VCFResonanceController != vcf_res_ctrl_none)
2182                    lfo1ctrl |= GIG_VCF_RESONANCE_CTRL_ENCODE(VCFResonanceController);
2183                pData[115] = lfo1ctrl;
2184            }
2185    
2186            const uint16_t eg3depth = (EG3Depth >= 0) ? EG3Depth
2187                                                      : uint16_t(((-EG3Depth) - 1) ^ 0xfff); /* binary complementary for negatives */
2188            store16(&pData[116], eg3depth);
2189    
2190            // next 2 bytes unknown
2191    
2192          curve_type_t curveType = ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve;          const uint8_t channeloffset = ChannelOffset * 4;
2193          uint8_t depth = ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth;          pData[120] = channeloffset;
2194    
2195            {
2196                uint8_t regoptions = 0;
2197                if (MSDecode)      regoptions |= 0x01; // bit 0
2198                if (SustainDefeat) regoptions |= 0x02; // bit 1
2199                pData[121] = regoptions;
2200            }
2201    
2202            // next 2 bytes unknown
2203    
2204            pData[124] = VelocityUpperLimit;
2205    
2206            // next 3 bytes unknown
2207    
2208            pData[128] = ReleaseTriggerDecay;
2209    
2210            // next 2 bytes unknown
2211    
2212            const uint8_t eg1hold = (EG1Hold) ? 0x80 : 0x00; // bit 7
2213            pData[131] = eg1hold;
2214    
2215            const uint8_t vcfcutoff = (VCFEnabled ? 0x80 : 0x00) |  /* bit 7 */
2216                                      (VCFCutoff & 0x7f);   /* lower 7 bits */
2217            pData[132] = vcfcutoff;
2218    
2219            pData[133] = VCFCutoffController;
2220    
2221            const uint8_t vcfvelscale = (VCFCutoffControllerInvert ? 0x80 : 0x00) | /* bit 7 */
2222                                        (VCFVelocityScale & 0x7f); /* lower 7 bits */
2223            pData[134] = vcfvelscale;
2224    
2225            // next byte unknown
2226    
2227            const uint8_t vcfresonance = (VCFResonanceDynamic ? 0x00 : 0x80) | /* bit 7 */
2228                                         (VCFResonance & 0x7f); /* lower 7 bits */
2229            pData[136] = vcfresonance;
2230    
2231            const uint8_t vcfbreakpoint = (VCFKeyboardTracking ? 0x80 : 0x00) | /* bit 7 */
2232                                          (VCFKeyboardTrackingBreakpoint & 0x7f); /* lower 7 bits */
2233            pData[137] = vcfbreakpoint;
2234    
2235            const uint8_t vcfvelocity = VCFVelocityDynamicRange % 5 +
2236                                        VCFVelocityCurve * 5;
2237            pData[138] = vcfvelocity;
2238    
2239            const uint8_t vcftype = (VCFType == vcf_type_lowpassturbo) ? vcf_type_lowpass : VCFType;
2240            pData[139] = vcftype;
2241    
2242            if (chunksize >= 148) {
2243                memcpy(&pData[140], DimensionUpperLimits, 8);
2244            }
2245    
2246            // format extension for EG behavior options, these will *NOT* work with
2247            // Gigasampler/GigaStudio !
2248            RIFF::Chunk* lsde = pParentList->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_LSDE);
2249            if (!lsde) {
2250                // only add this "LSDE" chunk if the EG options do not match the
2251                // default EG behavior
2252                eg_opt_t defaultOpt;
2253                if (memcmp(&EG1Options, &defaultOpt, sizeof(eg_opt_t)) ||
2254                    memcmp(&EG2Options, &defaultOpt, sizeof(eg_opt_t)))
2255                {
2256                    lsde = pParentList->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_LSDE, 2);
2257                    // move LSDE chunk to the end of parent list
2258                    pParentList->MoveSubChunk(lsde, (RIFF::Chunk*)NULL);
2259                }
2260            }
2261            if (lsde) {
2262                unsigned char* pData = (unsigned char*) lsde->LoadChunkData();
2263                eg_opt_t* pEGOpts[2] = { &EG1Options, &EG2Options };
2264                for (int i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
2265                    pData[i] =
2266                        (pEGOpts[i]->AttackCancel     ? 1 : 0) |
2267                        (pEGOpts[i]->AttackHoldCancel ? (1<<1) : 0) |
2268                        (pEGOpts[i]->Decay1Cancel     ? (1<<2) : 0) |
2269                        (pEGOpts[i]->Decay2Cancel     ? (1<<3) : 0) |
2270                        (pEGOpts[i]->ReleaseCancel    ? (1<<4) : 0);
2271                }
2272            }
2273        }
2274    
2275        double* DimensionRegion::GetReleaseVelocityTable(curve_type_t releaseVelocityResponseCurve, uint8_t releaseVelocityResponseDepth) {
2276            curve_type_t curveType = releaseVelocityResponseCurve;
2277            uint8_t depth = releaseVelocityResponseDepth;
2278          // this models a strange behaviour or bug in GSt: two of the          // this models a strange behaviour or bug in GSt: two of the
2279          // velocity response curves for release time are not used even          // velocity response curves for release time are not used even
2280          // if specified, instead another curve is chosen.          // if specified, instead another curve is chosen.
# Line 1168  namespace { Line 2283  namespace {
2283              curveType = curve_type_nonlinear;              curveType = curve_type_nonlinear;
2284              depth = 3;              depth = 3;
2285          }          }
2286          pVelocityReleaseTable = GetVelocityTable(curveType, depth, 0);          return GetVelocityTable(curveType, depth, 0);
2287        }
         curveType = VCFVelocityCurve;  
         depth = VCFVelocityDynamicRange;  
2288    
2289        double* DimensionRegion::GetCutoffVelocityTable(curve_type_t vcfVelocityCurve,
2290                                                        uint8_t vcfVelocityDynamicRange,
2291                                                        uint8_t vcfVelocityScale,
2292                                                        vcf_cutoff_ctrl_t vcfCutoffController)
2293        {
2294            curve_type_t curveType = vcfVelocityCurve;
2295            uint8_t depth = vcfVelocityDynamicRange;
2296          // even stranger GSt: two of the velocity response curves for          // even stranger GSt: two of the velocity response curves for
2297          // filter cutoff are not used, instead another special curve          // filter cutoff are not used, instead another special curve
2298          // is chosen. This curve is not used anywhere else.          // is chosen. This curve is not used anywhere else.
# Line 1181  namespace { Line 2301  namespace {
2301              curveType = curve_type_special;              curveType = curve_type_special;
2302              depth = 5;              depth = 5;
2303          }          }
2304          pVelocityCutoffTable = GetVelocityTable(curveType, depth,          return GetVelocityTable(curveType, depth,
2305                                                  VCFCutoffController == vcf_cutoff_ctrl_none ? VCFVelocityScale : 0);                                  (vcfCutoffController <= vcf_cutoff_ctrl_none2)
2306                                        ? vcfVelocityScale : 0);
         SampleAttenuation = pow(10.0, -Gain / (20.0 * 655360));  
2307      }      }
2308    
2309      // get the corresponding velocity table from the table map or create & calculate that table if it doesn't exist yet      // get the corresponding velocity table from the table map or create & calculate that table if it doesn't exist yet
2310      double* DimensionRegion::GetVelocityTable(curve_type_t curveType, uint8_t depth, uint8_t scaling)      double* DimensionRegion::GetVelocityTable(curve_type_t curveType, uint8_t depth, uint8_t scaling)
2311      {      {
2312            // sanity check input parameters
2313            // (fallback to some default parameters on ill input)
2314            switch (curveType) {
2315                case curve_type_nonlinear:
2316                case curve_type_linear:
2317                    if (depth > 4) {
2318                        printf("Warning: Invalid depth (0x%x) for velocity curve type (0x%x).\n", depth, curveType);
2319                        depth   = 0;
2320                        scaling = 0;
2321                    }
2322                    break;
2323                case curve_type_special:
2324                    if (depth > 5) {
2325                        printf("Warning: Invalid depth (0x%x) for velocity curve type 'special'.\n", depth);
2326                        depth   = 0;
2327                        scaling = 0;
2328                    }
2329                    break;
2330                case curve_type_unknown:
2331                default:
2332                    printf("Warning: Unknown velocity curve type (0x%x).\n", curveType);
2333                    curveType = curve_type_linear;
2334                    depth     = 0;
2335                    scaling   = 0;
2336                    break;
2337            }
2338    
2339          double* table;          double* table;
2340          uint32_t tableKey = (curveType<<16) | (depth<<8) | scaling;          uint32_t tableKey = (curveType<<16) | (depth<<8) | scaling;
2341          if (pVelocityTables->count(tableKey)) { // if key exists          if (pVelocityTables->count(tableKey)) { // if key exists
# Line 1202  namespace { Line 2348  namespace {
2348          return table;          return table;
2349      }      }
2350    
2351        Region* DimensionRegion::GetParent() const {
2352            return pRegion;
2353        }
2354    
2355    // show error if some _lev_ctrl_* enum entry is not listed in the following function
2356    // (commented out for now, because "diagnostic push" not supported prior GCC 4.6)
2357    // TODO: uncomment and add a GCC version check (see also commented "#pragma GCC diagnostic pop" below)
2358    //#pragma GCC diagnostic push
2359    //#pragma GCC diagnostic error "-Wswitch"
2360    
2361      leverage_ctrl_t DimensionRegion::DecodeLeverageController(_lev_ctrl_t EncodedController) {      leverage_ctrl_t DimensionRegion::DecodeLeverageController(_lev_ctrl_t EncodedController) {
2362          leverage_ctrl_t decodedcontroller;          leverage_ctrl_t decodedcontroller;
2363          switch (EncodedController) {          switch (EncodedController) {
# Line 1313  namespace { Line 2469  namespace {
2469                  decodedcontroller.controller_number = 95;                  decodedcontroller.controller_number = 95;
2470                  break;                  break;
2471    
2472                // format extension (these controllers are so far only supported by
2473                // LinuxSampler & gigedit) they will *NOT* work with
2474                // Gigasampler/GigaStudio !
2475                case _lev_ctrl_CC3_EXT:
2476                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2477                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 3;
2478                    break;
2479                case _lev_ctrl_CC6_EXT:
2480                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2481                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 6;
2482                    break;
2483                case _lev_ctrl_CC7_EXT:
2484                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2485                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 7;
2486                    break;
2487                case _lev_ctrl_CC8_EXT:
2488                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2489                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 8;
2490                    break;
2491                case _lev_ctrl_CC9_EXT:
2492                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2493                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 9;
2494                    break;
2495                case _lev_ctrl_CC10_EXT:
2496                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2497                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 10;
2498                    break;
2499                case _lev_ctrl_CC11_EXT:
2500                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2501                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 11;
2502                    break;
2503                case _lev_ctrl_CC14_EXT:
2504                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2505                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 14;
2506                    break;
2507                case _lev_ctrl_CC15_EXT:
2508                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2509                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 15;
2510                    break;
2511                case _lev_ctrl_CC20_EXT:
2512                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2513                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 20;
2514                    break;
2515                case _lev_ctrl_CC21_EXT:
2516                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2517                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 21;
2518                    break;
2519                case _lev_ctrl_CC22_EXT:
2520                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2521                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 22;
2522                    break;
2523                case _lev_ctrl_CC23_EXT:
2524                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2525                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 23;
2526                    break;
2527                case _lev_ctrl_CC24_EXT:
2528                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2529                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 24;
2530                    break;
2531                case _lev_ctrl_CC25_EXT:
2532                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2533                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 25;
2534                    break;
2535                case _lev_ctrl_CC26_EXT:
2536                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2537                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 26;
2538                    break;
2539                case _lev_ctrl_CC27_EXT:
2540                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2541                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 27;
2542                    break;
2543                case _lev_ctrl_CC28_EXT:
2544                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2545                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 28;
2546                    break;
2547                case _lev_ctrl_CC29_EXT:
2548                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2549                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 29;
2550                    break;
2551                case _lev_ctrl_CC30_EXT:
2552                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2553                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 30;
2554                    break;
2555                case _lev_ctrl_CC31_EXT:
2556                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2557                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 31;
2558                    break;
2559                case _lev_ctrl_CC68_EXT:
2560                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2561                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 68;
2562                    break;
2563                case _lev_ctrl_CC69_EXT:
2564                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2565                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 69;
2566                    break;
2567                case _lev_ctrl_CC70_EXT:
2568                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2569                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 70;
2570                    break;
2571                case _lev_ctrl_CC71_EXT:
2572                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2573                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 71;
2574                    break;
2575                case _lev_ctrl_CC72_EXT:
2576                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2577                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 72;
2578                    break;
2579                case _lev_ctrl_CC73_EXT:
2580                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2581                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 73;
2582                    break;
2583                case _lev_ctrl_CC74_EXT:
2584                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2585                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 74;
2586                    break;
2587                case _lev_ctrl_CC75_EXT:
2588                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2589                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 75;
2590                    break;
2591                case _lev_ctrl_CC76_EXT:
2592                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2593                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 76;
2594                    break;
2595                case _lev_ctrl_CC77_EXT:
2596                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2597                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 77;
2598                    break;
2599                case _lev_ctrl_CC78_EXT:
2600                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2601                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 78;
2602                    break;
2603                case _lev_ctrl_CC79_EXT:
2604                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2605                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 79;
2606                    break;
2607                case _lev_ctrl_CC84_EXT:
2608                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2609                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 84;
2610                    break;
2611                case _lev_ctrl_CC85_EXT:
2612                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2613                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 85;
2614                    break;
2615                case _lev_ctrl_CC86_EXT:
2616                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2617                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 86;
2618                    break;
2619                case _lev_ctrl_CC87_EXT:
2620                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2621                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 87;
2622                    break;
2623                case _lev_ctrl_CC89_EXT:
2624                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2625                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 89;
2626                    break;
2627                case _lev_ctrl_CC90_EXT:
2628                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2629                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 90;
2630                    break;
2631                case _lev_ctrl_CC96_EXT:
2632                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2633                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 96;
2634                    break;
2635                case _lev_ctrl_CC97_EXT:
2636                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2637                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 97;
2638                    break;
2639                case _lev_ctrl_CC102_EXT:
2640                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2641                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 102;
2642                    break;
2643                case _lev_ctrl_CC103_EXT:
2644                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2645                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 103;
2646                    break;
2647                case _lev_ctrl_CC104_EXT:
2648                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2649                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 104;
2650                    break;
2651                case _lev_ctrl_CC105_EXT:
2652                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2653                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 105;
2654                    break;
2655                case _lev_ctrl_CC106_EXT:
2656                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2657                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 106;
2658                    break;
2659                case _lev_ctrl_CC107_EXT:
2660                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2661                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 107;
2662                    break;
2663                case _lev_ctrl_CC108_EXT:
2664                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2665                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 108;
2666                    break;
2667                case _lev_ctrl_CC109_EXT:
2668                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2669                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 109;
2670                    break;
2671                case _lev_ctrl_CC110_EXT:
2672                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2673                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 110;
2674                    break;
2675                case _lev_ctrl_CC111_EXT:
2676                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2677                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 111;
2678                    break;
2679                case _lev_ctrl_CC112_EXT:
2680                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2681                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 112;
2682                    break;
2683                case _lev_ctrl_CC113_EXT:
2684                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2685                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 113;
2686                    break;
2687                case _lev_ctrl_CC114_EXT:
2688                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2689                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 114;
2690                    break;
2691                case _lev_ctrl_CC115_EXT:
2692                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2693                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 115;
2694                    break;
2695                case _lev_ctrl_CC116_EXT:
2696                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2697                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 116;
2698                    break;
2699                case _lev_ctrl_CC117_EXT:
2700                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2701                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 117;
2702                    break;
2703                case _lev_ctrl_CC118_EXT:
2704                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2705                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 118;
2706                    break;
2707                case _lev_ctrl_CC119_EXT:
2708                    decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange;
2709                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 119;
2710                    break;
2711    
2712              // unknown controller type              // unknown controller type
2713              default:              default:
2714                  throw gig::Exception("Unknown leverage controller type.");                  decodedcontroller.type = leverage_ctrl_t::type_none;
2715                    decodedcontroller.controller_number = 0;
2716                    printf("Warning: Unknown leverage controller type (0x%x).\n", EncodedController);
2717                    break;
2718          }          }
2719          return decodedcontroller;          return decodedcontroller;
2720      }      }
2721        
2722    // see above (diagnostic push not supported prior GCC 4.6)
2723    //#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
2724    
2725        DimensionRegion::_lev_ctrl_t DimensionRegion::EncodeLeverageController(leverage_ctrl_t DecodedController) {
2726            _lev_ctrl_t encodedcontroller;
2727            switch (DecodedController.type) {
2728                // special controller
2729                case leverage_ctrl_t::type_none:
2730                    encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_none;
2731                    break;
2732                case leverage_ctrl_t::type_velocity:
2733                    encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_velocity;
2734                    break;
2735                case leverage_ctrl_t::type_channelaftertouch:
2736                    encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_channelaftertouch;
2737                    break;
2738    
2739                // ordinary MIDI control change controller
2740                case leverage_ctrl_t::type_controlchange:
2741                    switch (DecodedController.controller_number) {
2742                        case 1:
2743                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_modwheel;
2744                            break;
2745                        case 2:
2746                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_breath;
2747                            break;
2748                        case 4:
2749                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_foot;
2750                            break;
2751                        case 12:
2752                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_effect1;
2753                            break;
2754                        case 13:
2755                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_effect2;
2756                            break;
2757                        case 16:
2758                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_genpurpose1;
2759                            break;
2760                        case 17:
2761                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_genpurpose2;
2762                            break;
2763                        case 18:
2764                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_genpurpose3;
2765                            break;
2766                        case 19:
2767                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_genpurpose4;
2768                            break;
2769                        case 5:
2770                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_portamentotime;
2771                            break;
2772                        case 64:
2773                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_sustainpedal;
2774                            break;
2775                        case 65:
2776                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_portamento;
2777                            break;
2778                        case 66:
2779                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_sostenutopedal;
2780                            break;
2781                        case 67:
2782                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_softpedal;
2783                            break;
2784                        case 80:
2785                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_genpurpose5;
2786                            break;
2787                        case 81:
2788                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_genpurpose6;
2789                            break;
2790                        case 82:
2791                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_genpurpose7;
2792                            break;
2793                        case 83:
2794                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_genpurpose8;
2795                            break;
2796                        case 91:
2797                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_effect1depth;
2798                            break;
2799                        case 92:
2800                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_effect2depth;
2801                            break;
2802                        case 93:
2803                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_effect3depth;
2804                            break;
2805                        case 94:
2806                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_effect4depth;
2807                            break;
2808                        case 95:
2809                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_effect5depth;
2810                            break;
2811    
2812                        // format extension (these controllers are so far only
2813                        // supported by LinuxSampler & gigedit) they will *NOT*
2814                        // work with Gigasampler/GigaStudio !
2815                        case 3:
2816                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC3_EXT;
2817                            break;
2818                        case 6:
2819                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC6_EXT;
2820                            break;
2821                        case 7:
2822                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC7_EXT;
2823                            break;
2824                        case 8:
2825                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC8_EXT;
2826                            break;
2827                        case 9:
2828                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC9_EXT;
2829                            break;
2830                        case 10:
2831                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC10_EXT;
2832                            break;
2833                        case 11:
2834                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC11_EXT;
2835                            break;
2836                        case 14:
2837                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC14_EXT;
2838                            break;
2839                        case 15:
2840                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC15_EXT;
2841                            break;
2842                        case 20:
2843                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC20_EXT;
2844                            break;
2845                        case 21:
2846                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC21_EXT;
2847                            break;
2848                        case 22:
2849                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC22_EXT;
2850                            break;
2851                        case 23:
2852                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC23_EXT;
2853                            break;
2854                        case 24:
2855                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC24_EXT;
2856                            break;
2857                        case 25:
2858                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC25_EXT;
2859                            break;
2860                        case 26:
2861                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC26_EXT;
2862                            break;
2863                        case 27:
2864                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC27_EXT;
2865                            break;
2866                        case 28:
2867                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC28_EXT;
2868                            break;
2869                        case 29:
2870                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC29_EXT;
2871                            break;
2872                        case 30:
2873                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC30_EXT;
2874                            break;
2875                        case 31:
2876                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC31_EXT;
2877                            break;
2878                        case 68:
2879                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC68_EXT;
2880                            break;
2881                        case 69:
2882                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC69_EXT;
2883                            break;
2884                        case 70:
2885                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC70_EXT;
2886                            break;
2887                        case 71:
2888                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC71_EXT;
2889                            break;
2890                        case 72:
2891                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC72_EXT;
2892                            break;
2893                        case 73:
2894                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC73_EXT;
2895                            break;
2896                        case 74:
2897                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC74_EXT;
2898                            break;
2899                        case 75:
2900                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC75_EXT;
2901                            break;
2902                        case 76:
2903                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC76_EXT;
2904                            break;
2905                        case 77:
2906                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC77_EXT;
2907                            break;
2908                        case 78:
2909                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC78_EXT;
2910                            break;
2911                        case 79:
2912                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC79_EXT;
2913                            break;
2914                        case 84:
2915                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC84_EXT;
2916                            break;
2917                        case 85:
2918                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC85_EXT;
2919                            break;
2920                        case 86:
2921                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC86_EXT;
2922                            break;
2923                        case 87:
2924                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC87_EXT;
2925                            break;
2926                        case 89:
2927                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC89_EXT;
2928                            break;
2929                        case 90:
2930                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC90_EXT;
2931                            break;
2932                        case 96:
2933                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC96_EXT;
2934                            break;
2935                        case 97:
2936                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC97_EXT;
2937                            break;
2938                        case 102:
2939                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC102_EXT;
2940                            break;
2941                        case 103:
2942                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC103_EXT;
2943                            break;
2944                        case 104:
2945                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC104_EXT;
2946                            break;
2947                        case 105:
2948                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC105_EXT;
2949                            break;
2950                        case 106:
2951                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC106_EXT;
2952                            break;
2953                        case 107:
2954                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC107_EXT;
2955                            break;
2956                        case 108:
2957                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC108_EXT;
2958                            break;
2959                        case 109:
2960                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC109_EXT;
2961                            break;
2962                        case 110:
2963                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC110_EXT;
2964                            break;
2965                        case 111:
2966                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC111_EXT;
2967                            break;
2968                        case 112:
2969                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC112_EXT;
2970                            break;
2971                        case 113:
2972                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC113_EXT;
2973                            break;
2974                        case 114:
2975                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC114_EXT;
2976                            break;
2977                        case 115:
2978                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC115_EXT;
2979                            break;
2980                        case 116:
2981                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC116_EXT;
2982                            break;
2983                        case 117:
2984                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC117_EXT;
2985                            break;
2986                        case 118:
2987                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC118_EXT;
2988                            break;
2989                        case 119:
2990                            encodedcontroller = _lev_ctrl_CC119_EXT;
2991                            break;
2992    
2993                        default:
2994                            throw gig::Exception("leverage controller number is not supported by the gig format");
2995                    }
2996                    break;
2997                default:
2998                    throw gig::Exception("Unknown leverage controller type.");
2999            }
3000            return encodedcontroller;
3001        }
3002    
3003      DimensionRegion::~DimensionRegion() {      DimensionRegion::~DimensionRegion() {
3004          Instances--;          Instances--;
# Line 1333  namespace { Line 3013  namespace {
3013              delete pVelocityTables;              delete pVelocityTables;
3014              pVelocityTables = NULL;              pVelocityTables = NULL;
3015          }          }
3016            if (VelocityTable) delete[] VelocityTable;
3017      }      }
3018    
3019      /**      /**
# Line 1358  namespace { Line 3039  namespace {
3039          return pVelocityCutoffTable[MIDIKeyVelocity];          return pVelocityCutoffTable[MIDIKeyVelocity];
3040      }      }
3041    
3042        /**
3043         * Updates the respective member variable and the lookup table / cache
3044         * that depends on this value.
3045         */
3046        void DimensionRegion::SetVelocityResponseCurve(curve_type_t curve) {
3047            pVelocityAttenuationTable =
3048                GetVelocityTable(
3049                    curve, VelocityResponseDepth, VelocityResponseCurveScaling
3050                );
3051            VelocityResponseCurve = curve;
3052        }
3053    
3054        /**
3055         * Updates the respective member variable and the lookup table / cache
3056         * that depends on this value.
3057         */
3058        void DimensionRegion::SetVelocityResponseDepth(uint8_t depth) {
3059            pVelocityAttenuationTable =
3060                GetVelocityTable(
3061                    VelocityResponseCurve, depth, VelocityResponseCurveScaling
3062                );
3063            VelocityResponseDepth = depth;
3064        }
3065    
3066        /**
3067         * Updates the respective member variable and the lookup table / cache
3068         * that depends on this value.
3069         */
3070        void DimensionRegion::SetVelocityResponseCurveScaling(uint8_t scaling) {
3071            pVelocityAttenuationTable =
3072                GetVelocityTable(
3073                    VelocityResponseCurve, VelocityResponseDepth, scaling
3074                );
3075            VelocityResponseCurveScaling = scaling;
3076        }
3077    
3078        /**
3079         * Updates the respective member variable and the lookup table / cache
3080         * that depends on this value.
3081         */
3082        void DimensionRegion::SetReleaseVelocityResponseCurve(curve_type_t curve) {
3083            pVelocityReleaseTable = GetReleaseVelocityTable(curve, ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth);
3084            ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve = curve;
3085        }
3086    
3087        /**
3088         * Updates the respective member variable and the lookup table / cache
3089         * that depends on this value.
3090         */
3091        void DimensionRegion::SetReleaseVelocityResponseDepth(uint8_t depth) {
3092            pVelocityReleaseTable = GetReleaseVelocityTable(ReleaseVelocityResponseCurve, depth);
3093            ReleaseVelocityResponseDepth = depth;
3094        }
3095    
3096        /**
3097         * Updates the respective member variable and the lookup table / cache
3098         * that depends on this value.
3099         */
3100        void DimensionRegion::SetVCFCutoffController(vcf_cutoff_ctrl_t controller) {
3101            pVelocityCutoffTable = GetCutoffVelocityTable(VCFVelocityCurve, VCFVelocityDynamicRange, VCFVelocityScale, controller);
3102            VCFCutoffController = controller;
3103        }
3104    
3105        /**
3106         * Updates the respective member variable and the lookup table / cache
3107         * that depends on this value.
3108         */
3109        void DimensionRegion::SetVCFVelocityCurve(curve_type_t curve) {
3110            pVelocityCutoffTable = GetCutoffVelocityTable(curve, VCFVelocityDynamicRange, VCFVelocityScale, VCFCutoffController);
3111            VCFVelocityCurve = curve;
3112        }
3113    
3114        /**
3115         * Updates the respective member variable and the lookup table / cache
3116         * that depends on this value.
3117         */
3118        void DimensionRegion::SetVCFVelocityDynamicRange(uint8_t range) {
3119            pVelocityCutoffTable = GetCutoffVelocityTable(VCFVelocityCurve, range, VCFVelocityScale, VCFCutoffController);
3120            VCFVelocityDynamicRange = range;
3121        }
3122    
3123        /**
3124         * Updates the respective member variable and the lookup table / cache
3125         * that depends on this value.
3126         */
3127        void DimensionRegion::SetVCFVelocityScale(uint8_t scaling) {
3128            pVelocityCutoffTable = GetCutoffVelocityTable(VCFVelocityCurve, VCFVelocityDynamicRange, scaling, VCFCutoffController);
3129            VCFVelocityScale = scaling;
3130        }
3131    
3132      double* DimensionRegion::CreateVelocityTable(curve_type_t curveType, uint8_t depth, uint8_t scaling) {      double* DimensionRegion::CreateVelocityTable(curve_type_t curveType, uint8_t depth, uint8_t scaling) {
3133    
3134          // line-segment approximations of the 15 velocity curves          // line-segment approximations of the 15 velocity curves
# Line 1441  namespace { Line 3212  namespace {
3212    
3213          // Actual Loading          // Actual Loading
3214    
3215            if (!file->GetAutoLoad()) return;
3216    
3217          LoadDimensionRegions(rgnList);          LoadDimensionRegions(rgnList);
3218    
3219          RIFF::Chunk* _3lnk = rgnList->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3LNK);          RIFF::Chunk* _3lnk = rgnList->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3LNK);
# Line 1449  namespace { Line 3222  namespace {
3222              for (int i = 0; i < dimensionBits; i++) {              for (int i = 0; i < dimensionBits; i++) {
3223                  dimension_t dimension = static_cast<dimension_t>(_3lnk->ReadUint8());                  dimension_t dimension = static_cast<dimension_t>(_3lnk->ReadUint8());
3224                  uint8_t     bits      = _3lnk->ReadUint8();                  uint8_t     bits      = _3lnk->ReadUint8();
3225                    _3lnk->ReadUint8(); // bit position of the dimension (bits[0] + bits[1] + ... + bits[i-1])
3226                    _3lnk->ReadUint8(); // (1 << bit position of next dimension) - (1 << bit position of this dimension)
3227                    uint8_t     zones     = _3lnk->ReadUint8(); // new for v3: number of zones doesn't have to be == pow(2,bits)
3228                  if (dimension == dimension_none) { // inactive dimension                  if (dimension == dimension_none) { // inactive dimension
3229                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].dimension  = dimension_none;                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].dimension  = dimension_none;
3230                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits       = 0;                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits       = 0;
3231                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].zones      = 0;                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].zones      = 0;
3232                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].split_type = split_type_bit;                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].split_type = split_type_bit;
                     pDimensionDefinitions[i].ranges     = NULL;  
3233                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].zone_size  = 0;                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].zone_size  = 0;
3234                  }                  }
3235                  else { // active dimension                  else { // active dimension
3236                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].dimension = dimension;                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].dimension = dimension;
3237                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits      = bits;                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits      = bits;
3238                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].zones     = 0x01 << bits; // = pow(2,bits)                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].zones     = zones ? zones : 0x01 << bits; // = pow(2,bits)
3239                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].split_type = (dimension == dimension_layer ||                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].split_type = __resolveSplitType(dimension);
3240                                                             dimension == dimension_samplechannel ||                      pDimensionDefinitions[i].zone_size  = __resolveZoneSize(pDimensionDefinitions[i]);
                                                            dimension == dimension_releasetrigger ||  
                                                            dimension == dimension_roundrobin ||  
                                                            dimension == dimension_random) ? split_type_bit  
                                                                                           : split_type_normal;  
                     pDimensionDefinitions[i].ranges = NULL; // it's not possible to check velocity dimensions for custom defined ranges at this point  
                     pDimensionDefinitions[i].zone_size  =  
                         (pDimensionDefinitions[i].split_type == split_type_normal) ? 128 / pDimensionDefinitions[i].zones  
                                                                                    : 0;  
3241                      Dimensions++;                      Dimensions++;
3242    
3243                      // if this is a layer dimension, remember the amount of layers                      // if this is a layer dimension, remember the amount of layers
3244                      if (dimension == dimension_layer) Layers = pDimensionDefinitions[i].zones;                      if (dimension == dimension_layer) Layers = pDimensionDefinitions[i].zones;
3245                  }                  }
3246                  _3lnk->SetPos(6, RIFF::stream_curpos); // jump forward to next dimension definition                  _3lnk->SetPos(3, RIFF::stream_curpos); // jump forward to next dimension definition
3247              }              }
3248                for (int i = dimensionBits ; i < 8 ; i++) pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits = 0;
3249    
3250              // check velocity dimension (if there is one) for custom defined zone ranges              // if there's a velocity dimension and custom velocity zone splits are used,
3251              for (uint i = 0; i < Dimensions; i++) {              // update the VelocityTables in the dimension regions
3252                  dimension_def_t* pDimDef = pDimensionDefinitions + i;              UpdateVelocityTable();
                 if (pDimDef->dimension == dimension_velocity) {  
                     if (pDimensionRegions[0]->VelocityUpperLimit == 0) {  
                         // no custom defined ranges  
                         pDimDef->split_type = split_type_normal;  
                         pDimDef->ranges     = NULL;  
                     }  
                     else { // custom defined ranges  
                         pDimDef->split_type = split_type_customvelocity;  
                         pDimDef->ranges     = new range_t[pDimDef->zones];  
                         uint8_t bits[8] = { 0 };  
                         int previousUpperLimit = -1;  
                         for (int velocityZone = 0; velocityZone < pDimDef->zones; velocityZone++) {  
                             bits[i] = velocityZone;  
                             DimensionRegion* pDimRegion = GetDimensionRegionByBit(bits);  
   
                             pDimDef->ranges[velocityZone].low  = previousUpperLimit + 1;  
                             pDimDef->ranges[velocityZone].high = pDimRegion->VelocityUpperLimit;  
                             previousUpperLimit = pDimDef->ranges[velocityZone].high;  
                             // fill velocity table  
                             for (int i = pDimDef->ranges[velocityZone].low; i <= pDimDef->ranges[velocityZone].high; i++) {  
                                 VelocityTable[i] = velocityZone;  
                             }  
                         }  
                     }  
                 }  
             }  
3253    
3254              // jump to start of the wave pool indices (if not already there)              // jump to start of the wave pool indices (if not already there)
             File* file = (File*) GetParent()->GetParent();  
3255              if (file->pVersion && file->pVersion->major == 3)              if (file->pVersion && file->pVersion->major == 3)
3256                  _3lnk->SetPos(68); // version 3 has a different 3lnk structure                  _3lnk->SetPos(68); // version 3 has a different 3lnk structure
3257              else              else
3258                  _3lnk->SetPos(44);                  _3lnk->SetPos(44);
3259    
3260              // load sample references              // load sample references (if auto loading is enabled)
3261              for (uint i = 0; i < DimensionRegions; i++) {              if (file->GetAutoLoad()) {
3262                  uint32_t wavepoolindex = _3lnk->ReadUint32();                  for (uint i = 0; i < DimensionRegions; i++) {
3263                  pDimensionRegions[i]->pSample = GetSampleFromWavePool(wavepoolindex);                      uint32_t wavepoolindex = _3lnk->ReadUint32();
3264                        if (file->pWavePoolTable && pDimensionRegions[i])
3265                            pDimensionRegions[i]->pSample = GetSampleFromWavePool(wavepoolindex);
3266                    }
3267                    GetSample(); // load global region sample reference
3268                }
3269            } else {
3270                DimensionRegions = 0;
3271                for (int i = 0 ; i < 8 ; i++) {
3272                    pDimensionDefinitions[i].dimension  = dimension_none;
3273                    pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits       = 0;
3274                    pDimensionDefinitions[i].zones      = 0;
3275                }
3276            }
3277    
3278            // make sure there is at least one dimension region
3279            if (!DimensionRegions) {
3280                RIFF::List* _3prg = rgnList->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3PRG);
3281                if (!_3prg) _3prg = rgnList->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_3PRG);
3282                RIFF::List* _3ewl = _3prg->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_3EWL);
3283                pDimensionRegions[0] = new DimensionRegion(this, _3ewl);
3284                DimensionRegions = 1;
3285            }
3286        }
3287    
3288        /**
3289         * Apply Region settings and all its DimensionRegions to the respective
3290         * RIFF chunks. You have to call File::Save() to make changes persistent.
3291         *
3292         * Usually there is absolutely no need to call this method explicitly.
3293         * It will be called automatically when File::Save() was called.
3294         *
3295         * @param pProgress - callback function for progress notification
3296         * @throws gig::Exception if samples cannot be dereferenced
3297         */
3298        void Region::UpdateChunks(progress_t* pProgress) {
3299            // in the gig format we don't care about the Region's sample reference
3300            // but we still have to provide some existing one to not corrupt the
3301            // file, so to avoid the latter we simply always assign the sample of
3302            // the first dimension region of this region
3303            pSample = pDimensionRegions[0]->pSample;
3304    
3305            // first update base class's chunks
3306            DLS::Region::UpdateChunks(pProgress);
3307    
3308            // update dimension region's chunks
3309            for (int i = 0; i < DimensionRegions; i++) {
3310                pDimensionRegions[i]->UpdateChunks(pProgress);
3311            }
3312    
3313            File* pFile = (File*) GetParent()->GetParent();
3314            bool version3 = pFile->pVersion && pFile->pVersion->major == 3;
3315            const int iMaxDimensions =  version3 ? 8 : 5;
3316            const int iMaxDimensionRegions = version3 ? 256 : 32;
3317    
3318            // make sure '3lnk' chunk exists
3319            RIFF::Chunk* _3lnk = pCkRegion->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3LNK);
3320            if (!_3lnk) {
3321                const int _3lnkChunkSize = version3 ? 1092 : 172;
3322                _3lnk = pCkRegion->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3LNK, _3lnkChunkSize);
3323                memset(_3lnk->LoadChunkData(), 0, _3lnkChunkSize);
3324    
3325                // move 3prg to last position
3326                pCkRegion->MoveSubChunk(pCkRegion->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3PRG), (RIFF::Chunk*)NULL);
3327            }
3328    
3329            // update dimension definitions in '3lnk' chunk
3330            uint8_t* pData = (uint8_t*) _3lnk->LoadChunkData();
3331            store32(&pData[0], DimensionRegions);
3332            int shift = 0;
3333            for (int i = 0; i < iMaxDimensions; i++) {
3334                pData[4 + i * 8] = (uint8_t) pDimensionDefinitions[i].dimension;
3335                pData[5 + i * 8] = pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits;
3336                pData[6 + i * 8] = pDimensionDefinitions[i].dimension == dimension_none ? 0 : shift;
3337                pData[7 + i * 8] = (1 << (shift + pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits)) - (1 << shift);
3338                pData[8 + i * 8] = pDimensionDefinitions[i].zones;
3339                // next 3 bytes unknown, always zero?
3340    
3341                shift += pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits;
3342            }
3343    
3344            // update wave pool table in '3lnk' chunk
3345            const int iWavePoolOffset = version3 ? 68 : 44;
3346            for (uint i = 0; i < iMaxDimensionRegions; i++) {
3347                int iWaveIndex = -1;
3348                if (i < DimensionRegions) {
3349                    if (!pFile->pSamples || !pFile->pSamples->size()) throw gig::Exception("Could not update gig::Region, there are no samples");
3350                    File::SampleList::iterator iter = pFile->pSamples->begin();
3351                    File::SampleList::iterator end  = pFile->pSamples->end();
3352                    for (int index = 0; iter != end; ++iter, ++index) {
3353                        if (*iter == pDimensionRegions[i]->pSample) {
3354                            iWaveIndex = index;
3355                            break;
3356                        }
3357                    }
3358              }              }
3359                store32(&pData[iWavePoolOffset + i * 4], iWaveIndex);
3360          }          }
         else throw gig::Exception("Mandatory <3lnk> chunk not found.");  
3361      }      }
3362    
3363      void Region::LoadDimensionRegions(RIFF::List* rgn) {      void Region::LoadDimensionRegions(RIFF::List* rgn) {
# Line 1532  namespace { Line 3367  namespace {
3367              RIFF::List* _3ewl = _3prg->GetFirstSubList();              RIFF::List* _3ewl = _3prg->GetFirstSubList();
3368              while (_3ewl) {              while (_3ewl) {
3369                  if (_3ewl->GetListType() == LIST_TYPE_3EWL) {                  if (_3ewl->GetListType() == LIST_TYPE_3EWL) {
3370                      pDimensionRegions[dimensionRegionNr] = new DimensionRegion(_3ewl);                      pDimensionRegions[dimensionRegionNr] = new DimensionRegion(this, _3ewl);
3371                      dimensionRegionNr++;                      dimensionRegionNr++;
3372                  }                  }
3373                  _3ewl = _3prg->GetNextSubList();                  _3ewl = _3prg->GetNextSubList();
# Line 1541  namespace { Line 3376  namespace {
3376          }          }
3377      }      }
3378    
3379      Region::~Region() {      void Region::SetKeyRange(uint16_t Low, uint16_t High) {
3380          for (uint i = 0; i < Dimensions; i++) {          // update KeyRange struct and make sure regions are in correct order
3381              if (pDimensionDefinitions[i].ranges) delete[] pDimensionDefinitions[i].ranges;          DLS::Region::SetKeyRange(Low, High);
3382            // update Region key table for fast lookup
3383            ((gig::Instrument*)GetParent())->UpdateRegionKeyTable();
3384        }
3385    
3386        void Region::UpdateVelocityTable() {
3387            // get velocity dimension's index
3388            int veldim = -1;
3389            for (int i = 0 ; i < Dimensions ; i++) {
3390                if (pDimensionDefinitions[i].dimension == gig::dimension_velocity) {
3391                    veldim = i;
3392                    break;
3393                }
3394            }
3395            if (veldim == -1) return;
3396    
3397            int step = 1;
3398            for (int i = 0 ; i < veldim ; i++) step <<= pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits;
3399            int skipveldim = (step << pDimensionDefinitions[veldim].bits) - step;
3400    
3401            // loop through all dimension regions for all dimensions except the velocity dimension
3402            int dim[8] = { 0 };
3403            for (int i = 0 ; i < DimensionRegions ; i++) {
3404                const int end = i + step * pDimensionDefinitions[veldim].zones;
3405    
3406                // create a velocity table for all cases where the velocity zone is zero
3407                if (pDimensionRegions[i]->DimensionUpperLimits[veldim] ||
3408                    pDimensionRegions[i]->VelocityUpperLimit) {
3409                    // create the velocity table
3410                    uint8_t* table = pDimensionRegions[i]->VelocityTable;
3411                    if (!table) {
3412                        table = new uint8_t[128];
3413                        pDimensionRegions[i]->VelocityTable = table;
3414                    }
3415                    int tableidx = 0;
3416                    int velocityZone = 0;
3417                    if (pDimensionRegions[i]->DimensionUpperLimits[veldim]) { // gig3
3418                        for (int k = i ; k < end ; k += step) {
3419                            DimensionRegion *d = pDimensionRegions[k];
3420                            for (; tableidx <= d->DimensionUpperLimits[veldim] ; tableidx++) table[tableidx] = velocityZone;
3421                            velocityZone++;
3422                        }
3423                    } else { // gig2
3424                        for (int k = i ; k < end ; k += step) {
3425                            DimensionRegion *d = pDimensionRegions[k];
3426                            for (; tableidx <= d->VelocityUpperLimit ; tableidx++) table[tableidx] = velocityZone;
3427                            velocityZone++;
3428                        }
3429                    }
3430                } else {
3431                    if (pDimensionRegions[i]->VelocityTable) {
3432                        delete[] pDimensionRegions[i]->VelocityTable;
3433                        pDimensionRegions[i]->VelocityTable = 0;
3434                    }
3435                }
3436    
3437                // jump to the next case where the velocity zone is zero
3438                int j;
3439                int shift = 0;
3440                for (j = 0 ; j < Dimensions ; j++) {
3441                    if (j == veldim) i += skipveldim; // skip velocity dimension
3442                    else {
3443                        dim[j]++;
3444                        if (dim[j] < pDimensionDefinitions[j].zones) break;
3445                        else {
3446                            // skip unused dimension regions
3447                            dim[j] = 0;
3448                            i += ((1 << pDimensionDefinitions[j].bits) -
3449                                  pDimensionDefinitions[j].zones) << shift;
3450                        }
3451                    }
3452                    shift += pDimensionDefinitions[j].bits;
3453                }
3454                if (j == Dimensions) break;
3455            }
3456        }
3457    
3458        /** @brief Einstein would have dreamed of it - create a new dimension.
3459         *
3460         * Creates a new dimension with the dimension definition given by
3461         * \a pDimDef. The appropriate amount of DimensionRegions will be created.
3462         * There is a hard limit of dimensions and total amount of "bits" all
3463         * dimensions can have. This limit is dependant to what gig file format
3464         * version this file refers to. The gig v2 (and lower) format has a
3465         * dimension limit and total amount of bits limit of 5, whereas the gig v3
3466         * format has a limit of 8.
3467         *
3468         * @param pDimDef - defintion of the new dimension
3469         * @throws gig::Exception if dimension of the same type exists already
3470         * @throws gig::Exception if amount of dimensions or total amount of
3471         *                        dimension bits limit is violated
3472         */
3473        void Region::AddDimension(dimension_def_t* pDimDef) {
3474            // some initial sanity checks of the given dimension definition
3475            if (pDimDef->zones < 2)
3476                throw gig::Exception("Could not add new dimension, amount of requested zones must always be at least two");
3477            if (pDimDef->bits < 1)
3478                throw gig::Exception("Could not add new dimension, amount of requested requested zone bits must always be at least one");
3479            if (pDimDef->dimension == dimension_samplechannel) {
3480                if (pDimDef->zones != 2)
3481                    throw gig::Exception("Could not add new 'sample channel' dimensions, the requested amount of zones must always be 2 for this dimension type");
3482                if (pDimDef->bits != 1)
3483                    throw gig::Exception("Could not add new 'sample channel' dimensions, the requested amount of zone bits must always be 1 for this dimension type");
3484            }
3485    
3486            // check if max. amount of dimensions reached
3487            File* file = (File*) GetParent()->GetParent();
3488            const int iMaxDimensions = (file->pVersion && file->pVersion->major == 3) ? 8 : 5;
3489            if (Dimensions >= iMaxDimensions)
3490                throw gig::Exception("Could not add new dimension, max. amount of " + ToString(iMaxDimensions) + " dimensions already reached");
3491            // check if max. amount of dimension bits reached
3492            int iCurrentBits = 0;
3493            for (int i = 0; i < Dimensions; i++)
3494                iCurrentBits += pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits;
3495            if (iCurrentBits >= iMaxDimensions)
3496                throw gig::Exception("Could not add new dimension, max. amount of " + ToString(iMaxDimensions) + " dimension bits already reached");
3497            const int iNewBits = iCurrentBits + pDimDef->bits;
3498            if (iNewBits > iMaxDimensions)
3499                throw gig::Exception("Could not add new dimension, new dimension would exceed max. amount of " + ToString(iMaxDimensions) + " dimension bits");
3500            // check if there's already a dimensions of the same type
3501            for (int i = 0; i < Dimensions; i++)
3502                if (pDimensionDefinitions[i].dimension == pDimDef->dimension)
3503                    throw gig::Exception("Could not add new dimension, there is already a dimension of the same type");
3504    
3505            // pos is where the new dimension should be placed, normally
3506            // last in list, except for the samplechannel dimension which
3507            // has to be first in list
3508            int pos = pDimDef->dimension == dimension_samplechannel ? 0 : Dimensions;
3509            int bitpos = 0;
3510            for (int i = 0 ; i < pos ; i++)
3511                bitpos += pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits;
3512    
3513            // make room for the new dimension
3514            for (int i = Dimensions ; i > pos ; i--) pDimensionDefinitions[i] = pDimensionDefinitions[i - 1];
3515            for (int i = 0 ; i < (1 << iCurrentBits) ; i++) {
3516                for (int j = Dimensions ; j > pos ; j--) {
3517                    pDimensionRegions[i]->DimensionUpperLimits[j] =
3518                        pDimensionRegions[i]->DimensionUpperLimits[j - 1];
3519                }
3520            }
3521    
3522            // assign definition of new dimension
3523            pDimensionDefinitions[pos] = *pDimDef;
3524    
3525            // auto correct certain dimension definition fields (where possible)
3526            pDimensionDefinitions[pos].split_type  =
3527                __resolveSplitType(pDimensionDefinitions[pos].dimension);
3528            pDimensionDefinitions[pos].zone_size =
3529                __resolveZoneSize(pDimensionDefinitions[pos]);
3530    
3531            // create new dimension region(s) for this new dimension, and make
3532            // sure that the dimension regions are placed correctly in both the
3533            // RIFF list and the pDimensionRegions array
3534            RIFF::Chunk* moveTo = NULL;
3535            RIFF::List* _3prg = pCkRegion->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3PRG);
3536            for (int i = (1 << iCurrentBits) - (1 << bitpos) ; i >= 0 ; i -= (1 << bitpos)) {
3537                for (int k = 0 ; k < (1 << bitpos) ; k++) {
3538                    pDimensionRegions[(i << pDimDef->bits) + k] = pDimensionRegions[i + k];
3539                }
3540                for (int j = 1 ; j < (1 << pDimDef->bits) ; j++) {
3541                    for (int k = 0 ; k < (1 << bitpos) ; k++) {
3542                        RIFF::List* pNewDimRgnListChunk = _3prg->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_3EWL);
3543                        if (moveTo) _3prg->MoveSubChunk(pNewDimRgnListChunk, moveTo);
3544                        // create a new dimension region and copy all parameter values from
3545                        // an existing dimension region
3546                        pDimensionRegions[(i << pDimDef->bits) + (j << bitpos) + k] =
3547                            new DimensionRegion(pNewDimRgnListChunk, *pDimensionRegions[i + k]);
3548    
3549                        DimensionRegions++;
3550                    }
3551                }
3552                moveTo = pDimensionRegions[i]->pParentList;
3553            }
3554    
3555            // initialize the upper limits for this dimension
3556            int mask = (1 << bitpos) - 1;
3557            for (int z = 0 ; z < pDimDef->zones ; z++) {
3558                uint8_t upperLimit = uint8_t((z + 1) * 128.0 / pDimDef->zones - 1);
3559                for (int i = 0 ; i < 1 << iCurrentBits ; i++) {
3560                    pDimensionRegions[((i & ~mask) << pDimDef->bits) |
3561                                      (z << bitpos) |
3562                                      (i & mask)]->DimensionUpperLimits[pos] = upperLimit;
3563                }
3564            }
3565    
3566            Dimensions++;
3567    
3568            // if this is a layer dimension, update 'Layers' attribute
3569            if (pDimDef->dimension == dimension_layer) Layers = pDimDef->zones;
3570    
3571            UpdateVelocityTable();
3572        }
3573    
3574        /** @brief Delete an existing dimension.
3575         *
3576         * Deletes the dimension given by \a pDimDef and deletes all respective
3577         * dimension regions, that is all dimension regions where the dimension's
3578         * bit(s) part is greater than 0. In case of a 'sustain pedal' dimension
3579         * for example this would delete all dimension regions for the case(s)
3580         * where the sustain pedal is pressed down.
3581         *
3582         * @param pDimDef - dimension to delete
3583         * @throws gig::Exception if given dimension cannot be found
3584         */
3585        void Region::DeleteDimension(dimension_def_t* pDimDef) {
3586            // get dimension's index
3587            int iDimensionNr = -1;
3588            for (int i = 0; i < Dimensions; i++) {
3589                if (&pDimensionDefinitions[i] == pDimDef) {
3590                    iDimensionNr = i;
3591                    break;
3592                }
3593            }
3594            if (iDimensionNr < 0) throw gig::Exception("Invalid dimension_def_t pointer");
3595    
3596            // get amount of bits below the dimension to delete
3597            int iLowerBits = 0;
3598            for (int i = 0; i < iDimensionNr; i++)
3599                iLowerBits += pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits;
3600    
3601            // get amount ot bits above the dimension to delete
3602            int iUpperBits = 0;
3603            for (int i = iDimensionNr + 1; i < Dimensions; i++)
3604                iUpperBits += pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits;
3605    
3606            RIFF::List* _3prg = pCkRegion->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3PRG);
3607    
3608            // delete dimension regions which belong to the given dimension
3609            // (that is where the dimension's bit > 0)
3610            for (int iUpperBit = 0; iUpperBit < 1 << iUpperBits; iUpperBit++) {
3611                for (int iObsoleteBit = 1; iObsoleteBit < 1 << pDimensionDefinitions[iDimensionNr].bits; iObsoleteBit++) {
3612                    for (int iLowerBit = 0; iLowerBit < 1 << iLowerBits; iLowerBit++) {
3613                        int iToDelete = iUpperBit    << (pDimensionDefinitions[iDimensionNr].bits + iLowerBits) |
3614                                        iObsoleteBit << iLowerBits |
3615                                        iLowerBit;
3616    
3617                        _3prg->DeleteSubChunk(pDimensionRegions[iToDelete]->pParentList);
3618                        delete pDimensionRegions[iToDelete];
3619                        pDimensionRegions[iToDelete] = NULL;
3620                        DimensionRegions--;
3621                    }
3622                }
3623          }          }
3624    
3625            // defrag pDimensionRegions array
3626            // (that is remove the NULL spaces within the pDimensionRegions array)
3627            for (int iFrom = 2, iTo = 1; iFrom < 256 && iTo < 256 - 1; iTo++) {
3628                if (!pDimensionRegions[iTo]) {
3629                    if (iFrom <= iTo) iFrom = iTo + 1;
3630                    while (!pDimensionRegions[iFrom] && iFrom < 256) iFrom++;
3631                    if (iFrom < 256 && pDimensionRegions[iFrom]) {
3632                        pDimensionRegions[iTo]   = pDimensionRegions[iFrom];
3633                        pDimensionRegions[iFrom] = NULL;
3634                    }
3635                }
3636            }
3637    
3638            // remove the this dimension from the upper limits arrays
3639            for (int j = 0 ; j < 256 && pDimensionRegions[j] ; j++) {
3640                DimensionRegion* d = pDimensionRegions[j];
3641                for (int i = iDimensionNr + 1; i < Dimensions; i++) {
3642                    d->DimensionUpperLimits[i - 1] = d->DimensionUpperLimits[i];
3643                }
3644                d->DimensionUpperLimits[Dimensions - 1] = 127;
3645            }
3646    
3647            // 'remove' dimension definition
3648            for (int i = iDimensionNr + 1; i < Dimensions; i++) {
3649                pDimensionDefinitions[i - 1] = pDimensionDefinitions[i];
3650            }
3651            pDimensionDefinitions[Dimensions - 1].dimension = dimension_none;
3652            pDimensionDefinitions[Dimensions - 1].bits      = 0;
3653            pDimensionDefinitions[Dimensions - 1].zones     = 0;
3654    
3655            Dimensions--;
3656    
3657            // if this was a layer dimension, update 'Layers' attribute
3658            if (pDimDef->dimension == dimension_layer) Layers = 1;
3659        }
3660    
3661        /** @brief Delete one split zone of a dimension (decrement zone amount).
3662         *
3663         * Instead of deleting an entire dimensions, this method will only delete
3664         * one particular split zone given by @a zone of the Region's dimension
3665         * given by @a type. So this method will simply decrement the amount of
3666         * zones by one of the dimension in question. To be able to do that, the
3667         * respective dimension must exist on this Region and it must have at least
3668         * 3 zones. All DimensionRegion objects associated with the zone will be
3669         * deleted.
3670         *
3671         * @param type - identifies the dimension where a zone shall be deleted
3672         * @param zone - index of the dimension split zone that shall be deleted
3673         * @throws gig::Exception if requested zone could not be deleted
3674         */
3675        void Region::DeleteDimensionZone(dimension_t type, int zone) {
3676            dimension_def_t* oldDef = GetDimensionDefinition(type);
3677            if (!oldDef)
3678                throw gig::Exception("Could not delete dimension zone, no such dimension of given type");
3679            if (oldDef->zones <= 2)
3680                throw gig::Exception("Could not delete dimension zone, because it would end up with only one zone.");
3681            if (zone < 0 || zone >= oldDef->zones)
3682                throw gig::Exception("Could not delete dimension zone, requested zone index out of bounds.");
3683    
3684            const int newZoneSize = oldDef->zones - 1;
3685    
3686            // create a temporary Region which just acts as a temporary copy
3687            // container and will be deleted at the end of this function and will
3688            // also not be visible through the API during this process
3689            gig::Region* tempRgn = NULL;
3690            {
3691                // adding these temporary chunks is probably not even necessary
3692                Instrument* instr = static_cast<Instrument*>(GetParent());
3693                RIFF::List* pCkInstrument = instr->pCkInstrument;
3694                RIFF::List* lrgn = pCkInstrument->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_LRGN);
3695                if (!lrgn)  lrgn = pCkInstrument->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_LRGN);
3696                RIFF::List* rgn = lrgn->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_RGN);
3697                tempRgn = new Region(instr, rgn);
3698            }
3699    
3700            // copy this region's dimensions (with already the dimension split size
3701            // requested by the arguments of this method call) to the temporary
3702            // region, and don't use Region::CopyAssign() here for this task, since
3703            // it would also alter fast lookup helper variables here and there
3704            dimension_def_t newDef;
3705            for (int i = 0; i < Dimensions; ++i) {
3706                dimension_def_t def = pDimensionDefinitions[i]; // copy, don't reference
3707                // is this the dimension requested by the method arguments? ...
3708                if (def.dimension == type) { // ... if yes, decrement zone amount by one
3709                    def.zones = newZoneSize;
3710                    if ((1 << (def.bits - 1)) == def.zones) def.bits--;
3711                    newDef = def;
3712                }
3713                tempRgn->AddDimension(&def);
3714            }
3715    
3716            // find the dimension index in the tempRegion which is the dimension
3717            // type passed to this method (paranoidly expecting different order)
3718            int tempReducedDimensionIndex = -1;
3719            for (int d = 0; d < tempRgn->Dimensions; ++d) {
3720                if (tempRgn->pDimensionDefinitions[d].dimension == type) {
3721                    tempReducedDimensionIndex = d;
3722                    break;
3723                }
3724            }
3725    
3726            // copy dimension regions from this region to the temporary region
3727            for (int iDst = 0; iDst < 256; ++iDst) {
3728                DimensionRegion* dstDimRgn = tempRgn->pDimensionRegions[iDst];
3729                if (!dstDimRgn) continue;
3730                std::map<dimension_t,int> dimCase;
3731                bool isValidZone = true;
3732                for (int d = 0, baseBits = 0; d < tempRgn->Dimensions; ++d) {
3733                    const int dstBits = tempRgn->pDimensionDefinitions[d].bits;
3734                    dimCase[tempRgn->pDimensionDefinitions[d].dimension] =
3735                        (iDst >> baseBits) & ((1 << dstBits) - 1);
3736                    baseBits += dstBits;
3737                    // there are also DimensionRegion objects of unused zones, skip them
3738                    if (dimCase[tempRgn->pDimensionDefinitions[d].dimension] >= tempRgn->pDimensionDefinitions[d].zones) {
3739                        isValidZone = false;
3740                        break;
3741                    }
3742                }
3743                if (!isValidZone) continue;
3744                // a bit paranoid: cope with the chance that the dimensions would
3745                // have different order in source and destination regions
3746                const bool isLastZone = (dimCase[type] == newZoneSize - 1);
3747                if (dimCase[type] >= zone) dimCase[type]++;
3748                DimensionRegion* srcDimRgn = GetDimensionRegionByBit(dimCase);
3749                dstDimRgn->CopyAssign(srcDimRgn);
3750                // if this is the upper most zone of the dimension passed to this
3751                // method, then correct (raise) its upper limit to 127
3752                if (newDef.split_type == split_type_normal && isLastZone)
3753                    dstDimRgn->DimensionUpperLimits[tempReducedDimensionIndex] = 127;
3754            }
3755    
3756            // now tempRegion's dimensions and DimensionRegions basically reflect
3757            // what we wanted to get for this actual Region here, so we now just
3758            // delete and recreate the dimension in question with the new amount
3759            // zones and then copy back from tempRegion      
3760            DeleteDimension(oldDef);
3761            AddDimension(&newDef);
3762            for (int iSrc = 0; iSrc < 256; ++iSrc) {
3763                DimensionRegion* srcDimRgn = tempRgn->pDimensionRegions[iSrc];
3764                if (!srcDimRgn) continue;
3765                std::map<dimension_t,int> dimCase;
3766                for (int d = 0, baseBits = 0; d < tempRgn->Dimensions; ++d) {
3767                    const int srcBits = tempRgn->pDimensionDefinitions[d].bits;
3768                    dimCase[tempRgn->pDimensionDefinitions[d].dimension] =
3769                        (iSrc >> baseBits) & ((1 << srcBits) - 1);
3770                    baseBits += srcBits;
3771                }
3772                // a bit paranoid: cope with the chance that the dimensions would
3773                // have different order in source and destination regions
3774                DimensionRegion* dstDimRgn = GetDimensionRegionByBit(dimCase);
3775                if (!dstDimRgn) continue;
3776                dstDimRgn->CopyAssign(srcDimRgn);
3777            }
3778    
3779            // delete temporary region
3780            delete tempRgn;
3781    
3782            UpdateVelocityTable();
3783        }
3784    
3785        /** @brief Divide split zone of a dimension in two (increment zone amount).
3786         *
3787         * This will increment the amount of zones for the dimension (given by
3788         * @a type) by one. It will do so by dividing the zone (given by @a zone)
3789         * in the middle of its zone range in two. So the two zones resulting from
3790         * the zone being splitted, will be an equivalent copy regarding all their
3791         * articulation informations and sample reference. The two zones will only
3792         * differ in their zone's upper limit
3793         * (DimensionRegion::DimensionUpperLimits).
3794         *
3795         * @param type - identifies the dimension where a zone shall be splitted
3796         * @param zone - index of the dimension split zone that shall be splitted
3797         * @throws gig::Exception if requested zone could not be splitted
3798         */
3799        void Region::SplitDimensionZone(dimension_t type, int zone) {
3800            dimension_def_t* oldDef = GetDimensionDefinition(type);
3801            if (!oldDef)
3802                throw gig::Exception("Could not split dimension zone, no such dimension of given type");
3803            if (zone < 0 || zone >= oldDef->zones)
3804                throw gig::Exception("Could not split dimension zone, requested zone index out of bounds.");
3805    
3806            const int newZoneSize = oldDef->zones + 1;
3807    
3808            // create a temporary Region which just acts as a temporary copy
3809            // container and will be deleted at the end of this function and will
3810            // also not be visible through the API during this process
3811            gig::Region* tempRgn = NULL;
3812            {
3813                // adding these temporary chunks is probably not even necessary
3814                Instrument* instr = static_cast<Instrument*>(GetParent());
3815                RIFF::List* pCkInstrument = instr->pCkInstrument;
3816                RIFF::List* lrgn = pCkInstrument->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_LRGN);
3817                if (!lrgn)  lrgn = pCkInstrument->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_LRGN);
3818                RIFF::List* rgn = lrgn->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_RGN);
3819                tempRgn = new Region(instr, rgn);
3820            }
3821    
3822            // copy this region's dimensions (with already the dimension split size
3823            // requested by the arguments of this method call) to the temporary
3824            // region, and don't use Region::CopyAssign() here for this task, since
3825            // it would also alter fast lookup helper variables here and there
3826            dimension_def_t newDef;
3827            for (int i = 0; i < Dimensions; ++i) {
3828                dimension_def_t def = pDimensionDefinitions[i]; // copy, don't reference
3829                // is this the dimension requested by the method arguments? ...
3830                if (def.dimension == type) { // ... if yes, increment zone amount by one
3831                    def.zones = newZoneSize;
3832                    if ((1 << oldDef->bits) < newZoneSize) def.bits++;
3833                    newDef = def;
3834                }
3835                tempRgn->AddDimension(&def);
3836            }
3837    
3838            // find the dimension index in the tempRegion which is the dimension
3839            // type passed to this method (paranoidly expecting different order)
3840            int tempIncreasedDimensionIndex = -1;
3841            for (int d = 0; d < tempRgn->Dimensions; ++d) {
3842                if (tempRgn->pDimensionDefinitions[d].dimension == type) {
3843                    tempIncreasedDimensionIndex = d;
3844                    break;
3845                }
3846            }
3847    
3848            // copy dimension regions from this region to the temporary region
3849            for (int iSrc = 0; iSrc < 256; ++iSrc) {
3850                DimensionRegion* srcDimRgn = pDimensionRegions[iSrc];
3851                if (!srcDimRgn) continue;
3852                std::map<dimension_t,int> dimCase;
3853                bool isValidZone = true;
3854                for (int d = 0, baseBits = 0; d < Dimensions; ++d) {
3855                    const int srcBits = pDimensionDefinitions[d].bits;
3856                    dimCase[pDimensionDefinitions[d].dimension] =
3857                        (iSrc >> baseBits) & ((1 << srcBits) - 1);
3858                    // there are also DimensionRegion objects for unused zones, skip them
3859                    if (dimCase[pDimensionDefinitions[d].dimension] >= pDimensionDefinitions[d].zones) {
3860                        isValidZone = false;
3861                        break;
3862                    }
3863                    baseBits += srcBits;
3864                }
3865                if (!isValidZone) continue;
3866                // a bit paranoid: cope with the chance that the dimensions would
3867                // have different order in source and destination regions            
3868                if (dimCase[type] > zone) dimCase[type]++;
3869                DimensionRegion* dstDimRgn = tempRgn->GetDimensionRegionByBit(dimCase);
3870                dstDimRgn->CopyAssign(srcDimRgn);
3871                // if this is the requested zone to be splitted, then also copy
3872                // the source DimensionRegion to the newly created target zone
3873                // and set the old zones upper limit lower
3874                if (dimCase[type] == zone) {
3875                    // lower old zones upper limit
3876                    if (newDef.split_type == split_type_normal) {
3877                        const int high =
3878                            dstDimRgn->DimensionUpperLimits[tempIncreasedDimensionIndex];
3879                        int low = 0;
3880                        if (zone > 0) {
3881                            std::map<dimension_t,int> lowerCase = dimCase;
3882                            lowerCase[type]--;
3883                            DimensionRegion* dstDimRgnLow = tempRgn->GetDimensionRegionByBit(lowerCase);
3884                            low = dstDimRgnLow->DimensionUpperLimits[tempIncreasedDimensionIndex];
3885                        }
3886                        dstDimRgn->DimensionUpperLimits[tempIncreasedDimensionIndex] = low + (high - low) / 2;
3887                    }
3888                    // fill the newly created zone of the divided zone as well
3889                    dimCase[type]++;
3890                    dstDimRgn = tempRgn->GetDimensionRegionByBit(dimCase);
3891                    dstDimRgn->CopyAssign(srcDimRgn);
3892                }
3893            }
3894    
3895            // now tempRegion's dimensions and DimensionRegions basically reflect
3896            // what we wanted to get for this actual Region here, so we now just
3897            // delete and recreate the dimension in question with the new amount
3898            // zones and then copy back from tempRegion      
3899            DeleteDimension(oldDef);
3900            AddDimension(&newDef);
3901            for (int iSrc = 0; iSrc < 256; ++iSrc) {
3902                DimensionRegion* srcDimRgn = tempRgn->pDimensionRegions[iSrc];
3903                if (!srcDimRgn) continue;
3904                std::map<dimension_t,int> dimCase;
3905                for (int d = 0, baseBits = 0; d < tempRgn->Dimensions; ++d) {
3906                    const int srcBits = tempRgn->pDimensionDefinitions[d].bits;
3907                    dimCase[tempRgn->pDimensionDefinitions[d].dimension] =
3908                        (iSrc >> baseBits) & ((1 << srcBits) - 1);
3909                    baseBits += srcBits;
3910                }
3911                // a bit paranoid: cope with the chance that the dimensions would
3912                // have different order in source and destination regions
3913                DimensionRegion* dstDimRgn = GetDimensionRegionByBit(dimCase);
3914                if (!dstDimRgn) continue;
3915                dstDimRgn->CopyAssign(srcDimRgn);
3916            }
3917    
3918            // delete temporary region
3919            delete tempRgn;
3920    
3921            UpdateVelocityTable();
3922        }
3923    
3924        /** @brief Change type of an existing dimension.
3925         *
3926         * Alters the dimension type of a dimension already existing on this
3927         * region. If there is currently no dimension on this Region with type
3928         * @a oldType, then this call with throw an Exception. Likewise there are
3929         * cases where the requested dimension type cannot be performed. For example
3930         * if the new dimension type shall be gig::dimension_samplechannel, and the
3931         * current dimension has more than 2 zones. In such cases an Exception is
3932         * thrown as well.
3933         *
3934         * @param oldType - identifies the existing dimension to be changed
3935         * @param newType - to which dimension type it should be changed to
3936         * @throws gig::Exception if requested change cannot be performed
3937         */
3938        void Region::SetDimensionType(dimension_t oldType, dimension_t newType) {
3939            if (oldType == newType) return;
3940            dimension_def_t* def = GetDimensionDefinition(oldType);
3941            if (!def)
3942                throw gig::Exception("No dimension with provided old dimension type exists on this region");
3943            if (newType == dimension_samplechannel && def->zones != 2)
3944                throw gig::Exception("Cannot change to dimension type 'sample channel', because existing dimension does not have 2 zones");
3945            if (GetDimensionDefinition(newType))
3946                throw gig::Exception("There is already a dimension with requested new dimension type on this region");
3947            def->dimension  = newType;
3948            def->split_type = __resolveSplitType(newType);
3949        }
3950    
3951        DimensionRegion* Region::GetDimensionRegionByBit(const std::map<dimension_t,int>& DimCase) {
3952            uint8_t bits[8] = {};
3953            for (std::map<dimension_t,int>::const_iterator it = DimCase.begin();
3954                 it != DimCase.end(); ++it)
3955            {
3956                for (int d = 0; d < Dimensions; ++d) {
3957                    if (pDimensionDefinitions[d].dimension == it->first) {
3958                        bits[d] = it->second;
3959                        goto nextDimCaseSlice;
3960                    }
3961                }
3962                assert(false); // do crash ... too harsh maybe ? ignore it instead ?
3963                nextDimCaseSlice:
3964                ; // noop
3965            }
3966            return GetDimensionRegionByBit(bits);
3967        }
3968    
3969        /**
3970         * Searches in the current Region for a dimension of the given dimension
3971         * type and returns the precise configuration of that dimension in this
3972         * Region.
3973         *
3974         * @param type - dimension type of the sought dimension
3975         * @returns dimension definition or NULL if there is no dimension with
3976         *          sought type in this Region.
3977         */
3978        dimension_def_t* Region::GetDimensionDefinition(dimension_t type) {
3979            for (int i = 0; i < Dimensions; ++i)
3980                if (pDimensionDefinitions[i].dimension == type)
3981                    return &pDimensionDefinitions[i];
3982            return NULL;
3983        }
3984    
3985        Region::~Region() {
3986          for (int i = 0; i < 256; i++) {          for (int i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
3987              if (pDimensionRegions[i]) delete pDimensionRegions[i];              if (pDimensionRegions[i]) delete pDimensionRegions[i];
3988          }          }
# Line 1569  namespace { Line 4007  namespace {
4007       * @see             Dimensions       * @see             Dimensions
4008       */       */
4009      DimensionRegion* Region::GetDimensionRegionByValue(const uint DimValues[8]) {      DimensionRegion* Region::GetDimensionRegionByValue(const uint DimValues[8]) {
4010          uint8_t bits[8] = { 0 };          uint8_t bits;
4011            int veldim = -1;
4012            int velbitpos = 0;
4013            int bitpos = 0;
4014            int dimregidx = 0;
4015          for (uint i = 0; i < Dimensions; i++) {          for (uint i = 0; i < Dimensions; i++) {
4016              bits[i] = DimValues[i];              if (pDimensionDefinitions[i].dimension == dimension_velocity) {
4017              switch (pDimensionDefinitions[i].split_type) {                  // the velocity dimension must be handled after the other dimensions
4018                  case split_type_normal:                  veldim = i;
4019                      bits[i] /= pDimensionDefinitions[i].zone_size;                  velbitpos = bitpos;
4020                      break;              } else {
4021                  case split_type_customvelocity:                  switch (pDimensionDefinitions[i].split_type) {
4022                      bits[i] = VelocityTable[bits[i]];                      case split_type_normal:
4023                      break;                          if (pDimensionRegions[0]->DimensionUpperLimits[i]) {
4024                  case split_type_bit: // the value is already the sought dimension bit number                              // gig3: all normal dimensions (not just the velocity dimension) have custom zone ranges
4025                      const uint8_t limiter_mask = (0xff << pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits) ^ 0xff;                              for (bits = 0 ; bits < pDimensionDefinitions[i].zones ; bits++) {
4026                      bits[i] = bits[i] & limiter_mask; // just make sure the value don't uses more bits than allowed                                  if (DimValues[i] <= pDimensionRegions[bits << bitpos]->DimensionUpperLimits[i]) break;
4027                      break;                              }
4028                            } else {
4029                                // gig2: evenly sized zones
4030                                bits = uint8_t(DimValues[i] / pDimensionDefinitions[i].zone_size);
4031                            }
4032                            break;
4033                        case split_type_bit: // the value is already the sought dimension bit number
4034                            const uint8_t limiter_mask = (0xff << pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits) ^ 0xff;
4035                            bits = DimValues[i] & limiter_mask; // just make sure the value doesn't use more bits than allowed
4036                            break;
4037                    }
4038                    dimregidx |= bits << bitpos;
4039              }              }
4040                bitpos += pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits;
4041          }          }
4042          return GetDimensionRegionByBit(bits);          DimensionRegion* dimreg = pDimensionRegions[dimregidx & 255];
4043            if (!dimreg) return NULL;
4044            if (veldim != -1) {
4045                // (dimreg is now the dimension region for the lowest velocity)
4046                if (dimreg->VelocityTable) // custom defined zone ranges
4047                    bits = dimreg->VelocityTable[DimValues[veldim] & 127];
4048                else // normal split type
4049                    bits = uint8_t((DimValues[veldim] & 127) / pDimensionDefinitions[veldim].zone_size);
4050    
4051                const uint8_t limiter_mask = (1 << pDimensionDefinitions[veldim].bits) - 1;
4052                dimregidx |= (bits & limiter_mask) << velbitpos;
4053                dimreg = pDimensionRegions[dimregidx & 255];
4054            }
4055            return dimreg;
4056        }
4057    
4058        int Region::GetDimensionRegionIndexByValue(const uint DimValues[8]) {
4059            uint8_t bits;
4060            int veldim = -1;
4061            int velbitpos = 0;
4062            int bitpos = 0;
4063            int dimregidx = 0;
4064            for (uint i = 0; i < Dimensions; i++) {
4065                if (pDimensionDefinitions[i].dimension == dimension_velocity) {
4066                    // the velocity dimension must be handled after the other dimensions
4067                    veldim = i;
4068                    velbitpos = bitpos;
4069                } else {
4070                    switch (pDimensionDefinitions[i].split_type) {
4071                        case split_type_normal:
4072                            if (pDimensionRegions[0]->DimensionUpperLimits[i]) {
4073                                // gig3: all normal dimensions (not just the velocity dimension) have custom zone ranges
4074                                for (bits = 0 ; bits < pDimensionDefinitions[i].zones ; bits++) {
4075                                    if (DimValues[i] <= pDimensionRegions[bits << bitpos]->DimensionUpperLimits[i]) break;
4076                                }
4077                            } else {
4078                                // gig2: evenly sized zones
4079                                bits = uint8_t(DimValues[i] / pDimensionDefinitions[i].zone_size);
4080                            }
4081                            break;
4082                        case split_type_bit: // the value is already the sought dimension bit number
4083                            const uint8_t limiter_mask = (0xff << pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits) ^ 0xff;
4084                            bits = DimValues[i] & limiter_mask; // just make sure the value doesn't use more bits than allowed
4085                            break;
4086                    }
4087                    dimregidx |= bits << bitpos;
4088                }
4089                bitpos += pDimensionDefinitions[i].bits;
4090            }
4091            dimregidx &= 255;
4092            DimensionRegion* dimreg = pDimensionRegions[dimregidx];
4093            if (!dimreg) return -1;
4094            if (veldim != -1) {
4095                // (dimreg is now the dimension region for the lowest velocity)
4096                if (dimreg->VelocityTable) // custom defined zone ranges
4097                    bits = dimreg->VelocityTable[DimValues[veldim] & 127];
4098                else // normal split type
4099                    bits = uint8_t((DimValues[veldim] & 127) / pDimensionDefinitions[veldim].zone_size);
4100    
4101                const uint8_t limiter_mask = (1 << pDimensionDefinitions[veldim].bits) - 1;
4102                dimregidx |= (bits & limiter_mask) << velbitpos;
4103                dimregidx &= 255;
4104            }
4105            return dimregidx;
4106      }      }
4107    
4108      /**      /**
# Line 1625  namespace { Line 4142  namespace {
4142      Sample* Region::GetSampleFromWavePool(unsigned int WavePoolTableIndex, progress_t* pProgress) {      Sample* Region::GetSampleFromWavePool(unsigned int WavePoolTableIndex, progress_t* pProgress) {
4143          if ((int32_t)WavePoolTableIndex == -1) return NULL;          if ((int32_t)WavePoolTableIndex == -1) return NULL;
4144          File* file = (File*) GetParent()->GetParent();          File* file = (File*) GetParent()->GetParent();
4145          unsigned long soughtoffset = file->pWavePoolTable[WavePoolTableIndex];          if (!file->pWavePoolTable) return NULL;
4146          unsigned long soughtfileno = file->pWavePoolTableHi[WavePoolTableIndex];          if (WavePoolTableIndex + 1 > file->WavePoolCount) return NULL;
4147          Sample* sample = file->GetFirstSample(pProgress);          // for new files or files >= 2 GB use 64 bit wave pool offsets
4148          while (sample) {          if (file->pRIFF->IsNew() || (file->pRIFF->GetCurrentFileSize() >> 31)) {
4149              if (sample->ulWavePoolOffset == soughtoffset &&              // use 64 bit wave pool offsets (treating this as large file)
4150                  sample->FileNo == soughtfileno) return static_cast<gig::Sample*>(pSample = sample);              uint64_t soughtoffset =
4151              sample = file->GetNextSample();                  uint64_t(file->pWavePoolTable[WavePoolTableIndex]) |
4152                    uint64_t(file->pWavePoolTableHi[WavePoolTableIndex]) << 32;
4153                Sample* sample = file->GetFirstSample(pProgress);
4154                while (sample) {
4155                    if (sample->ullWavePoolOffset == soughtoffset)
4156                        return static_cast<gig::Sample*>(sample);
4157                    sample = file->GetNextSample();
4158                }
4159            } else {
4160                // use extension files and 32 bit wave pool offsets
4161                file_offset_t soughtoffset = file->pWavePoolTable[WavePoolTableIndex];
4162                file_offset_t soughtfileno = file->pWavePoolTableHi[WavePoolTableIndex];
4163                Sample* sample = file->GetFirstSample(pProgress);
4164                while (sample) {
4165                    if (sample->ullWavePoolOffset == soughtoffset &&
4166                        sample->FileNo == soughtfileno) return static_cast<gig::Sample*>(sample);
4167                    sample = file->GetNextSample();
4168                }
4169          }          }
4170          return NULL;          return NULL;
4171      }      }
4172        
4173        /**
4174         * Make a (semi) deep copy of the Region object given by @a orig
4175         * and assign it to this object.
4176         *
4177         * Note that all sample pointers referenced by @a orig are simply copied as
4178         * memory address. Thus the respective samples are shared, not duplicated!
4179         *
4180         * @param orig - original Region object to be copied from
4181         */
4182        void Region::CopyAssign(const Region* orig) {
4183            CopyAssign(orig, NULL);
4184        }
4185        
4186        /**
4187         * Make a (semi) deep copy of the Region object given by @a orig and
4188         * assign it to this object
4189         *
4190         * @param mSamples - crosslink map between the foreign file's samples and
4191         *                   this file's samples
4192         */
4193        void Region::CopyAssign(const Region* orig, const std::map<Sample*,Sample*>* mSamples) {
4194            // handle base classes
4195            DLS::Region::CopyAssign(orig);
4196            
4197            if (mSamples && mSamples->count((gig::Sample*)orig->pSample)) {
4198                pSample = mSamples->find((gig::Sample*)orig->pSample)->second;
4199            }
4200            
4201            // handle own member variables
4202            for (int i = Dimensions - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
4203                DeleteDimension(&pDimensionDefinitions[i]);
4204            }
4205            Layers = 0; // just to be sure
4206            for (int i = 0; i < orig->Dimensions; i++) {
4207                // we need to copy the dim definition here, to avoid the compiler
4208                // complaining about const-ness issue
4209                dimension_def_t def = orig->pDimensionDefinitions[i];
4210                AddDimension(&def);
4211            }
4212            for (int i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
4213                if (pDimensionRegions[i] && orig->pDimensionRegions[i]) {
4214                    pDimensionRegions[i]->CopyAssign(
4215                        orig->pDimensionRegions[i],
4216                        mSamples
4217                    );
4218                }
4219            }
4220            Layers = orig->Layers;
4221        }
4222    
4223    
4224    // *************** MidiRule ***************
4225    // *
4226    
4227        MidiRuleCtrlTrigger::MidiRuleCtrlTrigger(RIFF::Chunk* _3ewg) {
4228            _3ewg->SetPos(36);
4229            Triggers = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4230            _3ewg->SetPos(40);
4231            ControllerNumber = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4232            _3ewg->SetPos(46);
4233            for (int i = 0 ; i < Triggers ; i++) {
4234                pTriggers[i].TriggerPoint = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4235                pTriggers[i].Descending = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4236                pTriggers[i].VelSensitivity = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4237                pTriggers[i].Key = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4238                pTriggers[i].NoteOff = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4239                pTriggers[i].Velocity = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4240                pTriggers[i].OverridePedal = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4241                _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4242            }
4243        }
4244    
4245        MidiRuleCtrlTrigger::MidiRuleCtrlTrigger() :
4246            ControllerNumber(0),
4247            Triggers(0) {
4248        }
4249    
4250        void MidiRuleCtrlTrigger::UpdateChunks(uint8_t* pData) const {
4251            pData[32] = 4;
4252            pData[33] = 16;
4253            pData[36] = Triggers;
4254            pData[40] = ControllerNumber;
4255            for (int i = 0 ; i < Triggers ; i++) {
4256                pData[46 + i * 8] = pTriggers[i].TriggerPoint;
4257                pData[47 + i * 8] = pTriggers[i].Descending;
4258                pData[48 + i * 8] = pTriggers[i].VelSensitivity;
4259                pData[49 + i * 8] = pTriggers[i].Key;
4260                pData[50 + i * 8] = pTriggers[i].NoteOff;
4261                pData[51 + i * 8] = pTriggers[i].Velocity;
4262                pData[52 + i * 8] = pTriggers[i].OverridePedal;
4263            }
4264        }
4265    
4266        MidiRuleLegato::MidiRuleLegato(RIFF::Chunk* _3ewg) {
4267            _3ewg->SetPos(36);
4268            LegatoSamples = _3ewg->ReadUint8(); // always 12
4269            _3ewg->SetPos(40);
4270            BypassUseController = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4271            BypassKey = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4272            BypassController = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4273            ThresholdTime = _3ewg->ReadUint16();
4274            _3ewg->ReadInt16();
4275            ReleaseTime = _3ewg->ReadUint16();
4276            _3ewg->ReadInt16();
4277            KeyRange.low = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4278            KeyRange.high = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4279            _3ewg->SetPos(64);
4280            ReleaseTriggerKey = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4281            AltSustain1Key = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4282            AltSustain2Key = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4283        }
4284    
4285        MidiRuleLegato::MidiRuleLegato() :
4286            LegatoSamples(12),
4287            BypassUseController(false),
4288            BypassKey(0),
4289            BypassController(1),
4290            ThresholdTime(20),
4291            ReleaseTime(20),
4292            ReleaseTriggerKey(0),
4293            AltSustain1Key(0),
4294            AltSustain2Key(0)
4295        {
4296            KeyRange.low = KeyRange.high = 0;
4297        }
4298    
4299        void MidiRuleLegato::UpdateChunks(uint8_t* pData) const {
4300            pData[32] = 0;
4301            pData[33] = 16;
4302            pData[36] = LegatoSamples;
4303            pData[40] = BypassUseController;
4304            pData[41] = BypassKey;
4305            pData[42] = BypassController;
4306            store16(&pData[43], ThresholdTime);
4307            store16(&pData[47], ReleaseTime);
4308            pData[51] = KeyRange.low;
4309            pData[52] = KeyRange.high;
4310            pData[64] = ReleaseTriggerKey;
4311            pData[65] = AltSustain1Key;
4312            pData[66] = AltSustain2Key;
4313        }
4314    
4315        MidiRuleAlternator::MidiRuleAlternator(RIFF::Chunk* _3ewg) {
4316            _3ewg->SetPos(36);
4317            Articulations = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4318            int flags = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4319            Polyphonic = flags & 8;
4320            Chained = flags & 4;
4321            Selector = (flags & 2) ? selector_controller :
4322                (flags & 1) ? selector_key_switch : selector_none;
4323            Patterns = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4324            _3ewg->ReadUint8(); // chosen row
4325            _3ewg->ReadUint8(); // unknown
4326            _3ewg->ReadUint8(); // unknown
4327            _3ewg->ReadUint8(); // unknown
4328            KeySwitchRange.low = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4329            KeySwitchRange.high = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4330            Controller = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4331            PlayRange.low = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4332            PlayRange.high = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4333    
4334            int n = std::min(int(Articulations), 32);
4335            for (int i = 0 ; i < n ; i++) {
4336                _3ewg->ReadString(pArticulations[i], 32);
4337            }
4338            _3ewg->SetPos(1072);
4339            n = std::min(int(Patterns), 32);
4340            for (int i = 0 ; i < n ; i++) {
4341                _3ewg->ReadString(pPatterns[i].Name, 16);
4342                pPatterns[i].Size = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4343                _3ewg->Read(&pPatterns[i][0], 1, 32);
4344            }
4345        }
4346    
4347        MidiRuleAlternator::MidiRuleAlternator() :
4348            Articulations(0),
4349            Patterns(0),
4350            Selector(selector_none),
4351            Controller(0),
4352            Polyphonic(false),
4353            Chained(false)
4354        {
4355            PlayRange.low = PlayRange.high = 0;
4356            KeySwitchRange.low = KeySwitchRange.high = 0;
4357        }
4358    
4359        void MidiRuleAlternator::UpdateChunks(uint8_t* pData) const {
4360            pData[32] = 3;
4361            pData[33] = 16;
4362            pData[36] = Articulations;
4363            pData[37] = (Polyphonic ? 8 : 0) | (Chained ? 4 : 0) |
4364                (Selector == selector_controller ? 2 :
4365                 (Selector == selector_key_switch ? 1 : 0));
4366            pData[38] = Patterns;
4367    
4368            pData[43] = KeySwitchRange.low;
4369            pData[44] = KeySwitchRange.high;
4370            pData[45] = Controller;
4371            pData[46] = PlayRange.low;
4372            pData[47] = PlayRange.high;
4373    
4374            char* str = reinterpret_cast<char*>(pData);
4375            int pos = 48;
4376            int n = std::min(int(Articulations), 32);
4377            for (int i = 0 ; i < n ; i++, pos += 32) {
4378                strncpy(&str[pos], pArticulations[i].c_str(), 32);
4379            }
4380    
4381            pos = 1072;
4382            n = std::min(int(Patterns), 32);
4383            for (int i = 0 ; i < n ; i++, pos += 49) {
4384                strncpy(&str[pos], pPatterns[i].Name.c_str(), 16);
4385                pData[pos + 16] = pPatterns[i].Size;
4386                memcpy(&pData[pos + 16], &(pPatterns[i][0]), 32);
4387            }
4388        }
4389    
4390    // *************** Script ***************
4391    // *
4392    
4393        Script::Script(ScriptGroup* group, RIFF::Chunk* ckScri) {
4394            pGroup = group;
4395            pChunk = ckScri;
4396            if (ckScri) { // object is loaded from file ...
4397                // read header
4398                uint32_t headerSize = ckScri->ReadUint32();
4399                Compression = (Compression_t) ckScri->ReadUint32();
4400                Encoding    = (Encoding_t) ckScri->ReadUint32();
4401                Language    = (Language_t) ckScri->ReadUint32();
4402                Bypass      = (Language_t) ckScri->ReadUint32() & 1;
4403                crc         = ckScri->ReadUint32();
4404                uint32_t nameSize = ckScri->ReadUint32();
4405                Name.resize(nameSize, ' ');
4406                for (int i = 0; i < nameSize; ++i)
4407                    Name[i] = ckScri->ReadUint8();
4408                // to handle potential future extensions of the header
4409                ckScri->SetPos(sizeof(int32_t) + headerSize);
4410                // read actual script data
4411                uint32_t scriptSize = uint32_t(ckScri->GetSize() - ckScri->GetPos());
4412                data.resize(scriptSize);
4413                for (int i = 0; i < scriptSize; ++i)
4414                    data[i] = ckScri->ReadUint8();
4415            } else { // this is a new script object, so just initialize it as such ...
4416                Compression = COMPRESSION_NONE;
4417                Encoding = ENCODING_ASCII;
4418                Language = LANGUAGE_NKSP;
4419                Bypass   = false;
4420                crc      = 0;
4421                Name     = "Unnamed Script";
4422            }
4423        }
4424    
4425        Script::~Script() {
4426        }
4427    
4428        /**
4429         * Returns the current script (i.e. as source code) in text format.
4430         */
4431        String Script::GetScriptAsText() {
4432            String s;
4433            s.resize(data.size(), ' ');
4434            memcpy(&s[0], &data[0], data.size());
4435            return s;
4436        }
4437    
4438        /**
4439         * Replaces the current script with the new script source code text given
4440         * by @a text.
4441         *
4442         * @param text - new script source code
4443         */
4444        void Script::SetScriptAsText(const String& text) {
4445            data.resize(text.size());
4446            memcpy(&data[0], &text[0], text.size());
4447        }
4448    
4449        /**
4450         * Apply this script to the respective RIFF chunks. You have to call
4451         * File::Save() to make changes persistent.
4452         *
4453         * Usually there is absolutely no need to call this method explicitly.
4454         * It will be called automatically when File::Save() was called.
4455         *
4456         * @param pProgress - callback function for progress notification
4457         */
4458        void Script::UpdateChunks(progress_t* pProgress) {
4459            // recalculate CRC32 check sum
4460            __resetCRC(crc);
4461            __calculateCRC(&data[0], data.size(), crc);
4462            __finalizeCRC(crc);
4463            // make sure chunk exists and has the required size
4464            const file_offset_t chunkSize = (file_offset_t) 7*sizeof(int32_t) + Name.size() + data.size();
4465            if (!pChunk) pChunk = pGroup->pList->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_SCRI, chunkSize);
4466            else pChunk->Resize(chunkSize);
4467            // fill the chunk data to be written to disk
4468            uint8_t* pData = (uint8_t*) pChunk->LoadChunkData();
4469            int pos = 0;
4470            store32(&pData[pos], uint32_t(6*sizeof(int32_t) + Name.size())); // total header size
4471            pos += sizeof(int32_t);
4472            store32(&pData[pos], Compression);
4473            pos += sizeof(int32_t);
4474            store32(&pData[pos], Encoding);
4475            pos += sizeof(int32_t);
4476            store32(&pData[pos], Language);
4477            pos += sizeof(int32_t);
4478            store32(&pData[pos], Bypass ? 1 : 0);
4479            pos += sizeof(int32_t);
4480            store32(&pData[pos], crc);
4481            pos += sizeof(int32_t);
4482            store32(&pData[pos], (uint32_t) Name.size());
4483            pos += sizeof(int32_t);
4484            for (int i = 0; i < Name.size(); ++i, ++pos)
4485                pData[pos] = Name[i];
4486            for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i, ++pos)
4487                pData[pos] = data[i];
4488        }
4489    
4490        /**
4491         * Move this script from its current ScriptGroup to another ScriptGroup
4492         * given by @a pGroup.
4493         *
4494         * @param pGroup - script's new group
4495         */
4496        void Script::SetGroup(ScriptGroup* pGroup) {
4497            if (this->pGroup == pGroup) return;
4498            if (pChunk)
4499                pChunk->GetParent()->MoveSubChunk(pChunk, pGroup->pList);
4500            this->pGroup = pGroup;
4501        }
4502    
4503        /**
4504         * Returns the script group this script currently belongs to. Each script
4505         * is a member of exactly one ScriptGroup.
4506         *
4507         * @returns current script group
4508         */
4509        ScriptGroup* Script::GetGroup() const {
4510            return pGroup;
4511        }
4512    
4513        /**
4514         * Make a (semi) deep copy of the Script object given by @a orig
4515         * and assign it to this object. Note: the ScriptGroup this Script
4516         * object belongs to remains untouched by this call.
4517         *
4518         * @param orig - original Script object to be copied from
4519         */
4520        void Script::CopyAssign(const Script* orig) {
4521            Name        = orig->Name;
4522            Compression = orig->Compression;
4523            Encoding    = orig->Encoding;
4524            Language    = orig->Language;
4525            Bypass      = orig->Bypass;
4526            data        = orig->data;
4527        }
4528    
4529        void Script::RemoveAllScriptReferences() {
4530            File* pFile = pGroup->pFile;
4531            for (int i = 0; pFile->GetInstrument(i); ++i) {
4532                Instrument* instr = pFile->GetInstrument(i);
4533                instr->RemoveScript(this);
4534            }
4535        }
4536    
4537    // *************** ScriptGroup ***************
4538    // *
4539    
4540        ScriptGroup::ScriptGroup(File* file, RIFF::List* lstRTIS) {
4541            pFile = file;
4542            pList = lstRTIS;
4543            pScripts = NULL;
4544            if (lstRTIS) {
4545                RIFF::Chunk* ckName = lstRTIS->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_LSNM);
4546                ::LoadString(ckName, Name);
4547            } else {
4548                Name = "Default Group";
4549            }
4550        }
4551    
4552        ScriptGroup::~ScriptGroup() {
4553            if (pScripts) {
4554                std::list<Script*>::iterator iter = pScripts->begin();
4555                std::list<Script*>::iterator end  = pScripts->end();
4556                while (iter != end) {
4557                    delete *iter;
4558                    ++iter;
4559                }
4560                delete pScripts;
4561            }
4562        }
4563    
4564        /**
4565         * Apply this script group to the respective RIFF chunks. You have to call
4566         * File::Save() to make changes persistent.
4567         *
4568         * Usually there is absolutely no need to call this method explicitly.
4569         * It will be called automatically when File::Save() was called.
4570         *
4571         * @param pProgress - callback function for progress notification
4572         */
4573        void ScriptGroup::UpdateChunks(progress_t* pProgress) {
4574            if (pScripts) {
4575                if (!pList)
4576                    pList = pFile->pRIFF->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3LS)->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_RTIS);
4577    
4578                // now store the name of this group as <LSNM> chunk as subchunk of the <RTIS> list chunk
4579                ::SaveString(CHUNK_ID_LSNM, NULL, pList, Name, String("Unnamed Group"), true, 64);
4580    
4581                for (std::list<Script*>::iterator it = pScripts->begin();
4582                     it != pScripts->end(); ++it)
4583                {
4584                    (*it)->UpdateChunks(pProgress);
4585                }
4586            }
4587        }
4588    
4589        /** @brief Get instrument script.
4590         *
4591         * Returns the real-time instrument script with the given index.
4592         *
4593         * @param index - number of the sought script (0..n)
4594         * @returns sought script or NULL if there's no such script
4595         */
4596        Script* ScriptGroup::GetScript(uint index) {
4597            if (!pScripts) LoadScripts();
4598            std::list<Script*>::iterator it = pScripts->begin();
4599            for (uint i = 0; it != pScripts->end(); ++i, ++it)
4600                if (i == index) return *it;
4601            return NULL;
4602        }
4603    
4604        /** @brief Add new instrument script.
4605         *
4606         * Adds a new real-time instrument script to the file. The script is not
4607         * actually used / executed unless it is referenced by an instrument to be
4608         * used. This is similar to samples, which you can add to a file, without
4609         * an instrument necessarily actually using it.
4610         *
4611         * You have to call Save() to make this persistent to the file.
4612         *
4613         * @return new empty script object
4614         */
4615        Script* ScriptGroup::AddScript() {
4616            if (!pScripts) LoadScripts();
4617            Script* pScript = new Script(this, NULL);
4618            pScripts->push_back(pScript);
4619            return pScript;
4620        }
4621    
4622        /** @brief Delete an instrument script.
4623         *
4624         * This will delete the given real-time instrument script. References of
4625         * instruments that are using that script will be removed accordingly.
4626         *
4627         * You have to call Save() to make this persistent to the file.
4628         *
4629         * @param pScript - script to delete
4630         * @throws gig::Exception if given script could not be found
4631         */
4632        void ScriptGroup::DeleteScript(Script* pScript) {
4633            if (!pScripts) LoadScripts();
4634            std::list<Script*>::iterator iter =
4635                find(pScripts->begin(), pScripts->end(), pScript);
4636            if (iter == pScripts->end())
4637                throw gig::Exception("Could not delete script, could not find given script");
4638            pScripts->erase(iter);
4639            pScript->RemoveAllScriptReferences();
4640            if (pScript->pChunk)
4641                pScript->pChunk->GetParent()->DeleteSubChunk(pScript->pChunk);
4642            delete pScript;
4643        }
4644    
4645        void ScriptGroup::LoadScripts() {
4646            if (pScripts) return;
4647            pScripts = new std::list<Script*>;
4648            if (!pList) return;
4649    
4650            for (RIFF::Chunk* ck = pList->GetFirstSubChunk(); ck;
4651                 ck = pList->GetNextSubChunk())
4652            {
4653                if (ck->GetChunkID() == CHUNK_ID_SCRI) {
4654                    pScripts->push_back(new Script(this, ck));
4655                }
4656            }
4657        }
4658    
4659  // *************** Instrument ***************  // *************** Instrument ***************
4660  // *  // *
4661    
4662      Instrument::Instrument(File* pFile, RIFF::List* insList, progress_t* pProgress) : DLS::Instrument((DLS::File*)pFile, insList) {      Instrument::Instrument(File* pFile, RIFF::List* insList, progress_t* pProgress) : DLS::Instrument((DLS::File*)pFile, insList) {
4663            static const DLS::Info::string_length_t fixedStringLengths[] = {
4664                { CHUNK_ID_INAM, 64 },
4665                { CHUNK_ID_ISFT, 12 },
4666                { 0, 0 }
4667            };
4668            pInfo->SetFixedStringLengths(fixedStringLengths);
4669    
4670          // Initialization          // Initialization
4671          for (int i = 0; i < 128; i++) RegionKeyTable[i] = NULL;          for (int i = 0; i < 128; i++) RegionKeyTable[i] = NULL;
4672          RegionIndex = -1;          EffectSend = 0;
4673            Attenuation = 0;
4674            FineTune = 0;
4675            PitchbendRange = 2;
4676            PianoReleaseMode = false;
4677            DimensionKeyRange.low = 0;
4678            DimensionKeyRange.high = 0;
4679            pMidiRules = new MidiRule*[3];
4680            pMidiRules[0] = NULL;
4681            pScriptRefs = NULL;
4682    
4683          // Loading          // Loading
4684          RIFF::List* lart = insList->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_LART);          RIFF::List* lart = insList->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_LART);
# Line 1659  namespace { Line 4693  namespace {
4693                  PianoReleaseMode       = dimkeystart & 0x01;                  PianoReleaseMode       = dimkeystart & 0x01;
4694                  DimensionKeyRange.low  = dimkeystart >> 1;                  DimensionKeyRange.low  = dimkeystart >> 1;
4695                  DimensionKeyRange.high = _3ewg->ReadUint8();                  DimensionKeyRange.high = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4696    
4697                    if (_3ewg->GetSize() > 32) {
4698                        // read MIDI rules
4699                        int i = 0;
4700                        _3ewg->SetPos(32);
4701                        uint8_t id1 = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4702                        uint8_t id2 = _3ewg->ReadUint8();
4703    
4704                        if (id2 == 16) {
4705                            if (id1 == 4) {
4706                                pMidiRules[i++] = new MidiRuleCtrlTrigger(_3ewg);
4707                            } else if (id1 == 0) {
4708                                pMidiRules[i++] = new MidiRuleLegato(_3ewg);
4709                            } else if (id1 == 3) {
4710                                pMidiRules[i++] = new MidiRuleAlternator(_3ewg);
4711                            } else {
4712                                pMidiRules[i++] = new MidiRuleUnknown;
4713                            }
4714                        }
4715                        else if (id1 != 0 || id2 != 0) {
4716                            pMidiRules[i++] = new MidiRuleUnknown;
4717                        }
4718                        //TODO: all the other types of rules
4719    
4720                        pMidiRules[i] = NULL;
4721                    }
4722              }              }
             else throw gig::Exception("Mandatory <3ewg> chunk not found.");  
4723          }          }
         else throw gig::Exception("Mandatory <lart> list chunk not found.");  
4724    
4725          RIFF::List* lrgn = insList->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_LRGN);          if (pFile->GetAutoLoad()) {
4726          if (!lrgn) throw gig::Exception("Mandatory chunks in <ins > chunk not found.");              if (!pRegions) pRegions = new RegionList;
4727          pRegions = new Region*[Regions];              RIFF::List* lrgn = insList->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_LRGN);
4728          for (uint i = 0; i < Regions; i++) pRegions[i] = NULL;              if (lrgn) {
4729          RIFF::List* rgn = lrgn->GetFirstSubList();                  RIFF::List* rgn = lrgn->GetFirstSubList();
4730          unsigned int iRegion = 0;                  while (rgn) {
4731          while (rgn) {                      if (rgn->GetListType() == LIST_TYPE_RGN) {
4732              if (rgn->GetListType() == LIST_TYPE_RGN) {                          __notify_progress(pProgress, (float) pRegions->size() / (float) Regions);
4733                  __notify_progress(pProgress, (float) iRegion / (float) Regions);                          pRegions->push_back(new Region(this, rgn));
4734                  pRegions[iRegion] = new Region(this, rgn);                      }
4735                  iRegion++;                      rgn = lrgn->GetNextSubList();
4736              }                  }
4737              rgn = lrgn->GetNextSubList();                  // Creating Region Key Table for fast lookup
4738          }                  UpdateRegionKeyTable();
4739                }
4740          // Creating Region Key Table for fast lookup          }
4741          for (uint iReg = 0; iReg < Regions; iReg++) {  
4742              for (int iKey = pRegions[iReg]->KeyRange.low; iKey <= pRegions[iReg]->KeyRange.high; iKey++) {          // own gig format extensions
4743                  RegionKeyTable[iKey] = pRegions[iReg];          RIFF::List* lst3LS = insList->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3LS);
4744            if (lst3LS) {
4745                RIFF::Chunk* ckSCSL = lst3LS->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_SCSL);
4746                if (ckSCSL) {
4747                    int headerSize = ckSCSL->ReadUint32();
4748                    int slotCount  = ckSCSL->ReadUint32();
4749                    if (slotCount) {
4750                        int slotSize  = ckSCSL->ReadUint32();
4751                        ckSCSL->SetPos(headerSize); // in case of future header extensions
4752                        int unknownSpace = slotSize - 2*sizeof(uint32_t); // in case of future slot extensions
4753                        for (int i = 0; i < slotCount; ++i) {
4754                            _ScriptPooolEntry e;
4755                            e.fileOffset = ckSCSL->ReadUint32();
4756                            e.bypass     = ckSCSL->ReadUint32() & 1;
4757                            if (unknownSpace) ckSCSL->SetPos(unknownSpace, RIFF::stream_curpos); // in case of future extensions
4758                            scriptPoolFileOffsets.push_back(e);
4759                        }
4760                    }
4761              }              }
4762          }          }
4763    
4764          __notify_progress(pProgress, 1.0f); // notify done          __notify_progress(pProgress, 1.0f); // notify done
4765      }      }
4766    
4767        void Instrument::UpdateRegionKeyTable() {
4768            for (int i = 0; i < 128; i++) RegionKeyTable[i] = NULL;
4769            RegionList::iterator iter = pRegions->begin();
4770            RegionList::iterator end  = pRegions->end();
4771            for (; iter != end; ++iter) {
4772                gig::Region* pRegion = static_cast<gig::Region*>(*iter);
4773                const int low  = std::max(int(pRegion->KeyRange.low), 0);
4774                const int high = std::min(int(pRegion->KeyRange.high), 127);
4775                for (int iKey = low; iKey <= high; iKey++) {
4776                    RegionKeyTable[iKey] = pRegion;
4777                }
4778            }
4779        }
4780    
4781      Instrument::~Instrument() {      Instrument::~Instrument() {
4782          for (uint i = 0; i < Regions; i++) {          for (int i = 0 ; pMidiRules[i] ; i++) {
4783              if (pRegions) {              delete pMidiRules[i];
4784                  if (pRegions[i]) delete (pRegions[i]);          }
4785            delete[] pMidiRules;
4786            if (pScriptRefs) delete pScriptRefs;
4787        }
4788    
4789        /**
4790         * Apply Instrument with all its Regions to the respective RIFF chunks.
4791         * You have to call File::Save() to make changes persistent.
4792         *
4793         * Usually there is absolutely no need to call this method explicitly.
4794         * It will be called automatically when File::Save() was called.
4795         *
4796         * @param pProgress - callback function for progress notification
4797         * @throws gig::Exception if samples cannot be dereferenced
4798         */
4799        void Instrument::UpdateChunks(progress_t* pProgress) {
4800            // first update base classes' chunks
4801            DLS::Instrument::UpdateChunks(pProgress);
4802    
4803            // update Regions' chunks
4804            {
4805                RegionList::iterator iter = pRegions->begin();
4806                RegionList::iterator end  = pRegions->end();
4807                for (; iter != end; ++iter)
4808                    (*iter)->UpdateChunks(pProgress);
4809            }
4810    
4811            // make sure 'lart' RIFF list chunk exists
4812            RIFF::List* lart = pCkInstrument->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_LART);
4813            if (!lart)  lart = pCkInstrument->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_LART);
4814            // make sure '3ewg' RIFF chunk exists
4815            RIFF::Chunk* _3ewg = lart->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3EWG);
4816            if (!_3ewg)  {
4817                File* pFile = (File*) GetParent();
4818    
4819                // 3ewg is bigger in gig3, as it includes the iMIDI rules
4820                int size = (pFile->pVersion && pFile->pVersion->major == 3) ? 16416 : 12;
4821                _3ewg = lart->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3EWG, size);
4822                memset(_3ewg->LoadChunkData(), 0, size);
4823            }
4824            // update '3ewg' RIFF chunk
4825            uint8_t* pData = (uint8_t*) _3ewg->LoadChunkData();
4826            store16(&pData[0], EffectSend);
4827            store32(&pData[2], Attenuation);
4828            store16(&pData[6], FineTune);
4829            store16(&pData[8], PitchbendRange);
4830            const uint8_t dimkeystart = (PianoReleaseMode ? 0x01 : 0x00) |
4831                                        DimensionKeyRange.low << 1;
4832            pData[10] = dimkeystart;
4833            pData[11] = DimensionKeyRange.high;
4834    
4835            if (pMidiRules[0] == 0 && _3ewg->GetSize() >= 34) {
4836                pData[32] = 0;
4837                pData[33] = 0;
4838            } else {
4839                for (int i = 0 ; pMidiRules[i] ; i++) {
4840                    pMidiRules[i]->UpdateChunks(pData);
4841              }              }
4842          }          }
4843          if (pRegions) delete[] pRegions;  
4844            // own gig format extensions
4845           if (ScriptSlotCount()) {
4846               // make sure we have converted the original loaded script file
4847               // offsets into valid Script object pointers
4848               LoadScripts();
4849    
4850               RIFF::List* lst3LS = pCkInstrument->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3LS);
4851               if (!lst3LS) lst3LS = pCkInstrument->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_3LS);
4852               const int slotCount = (int) pScriptRefs->size();
4853               const int headerSize = 3 * sizeof(uint32_t);
4854               const int slotSize  = 2 * sizeof(uint32_t);
4855               const int totalChunkSize = headerSize + slotCount * slotSize;
4856               RIFF::Chunk* ckSCSL = lst3LS->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_SCSL);
4857               if (!ckSCSL) ckSCSL = lst3LS->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_SCSL, totalChunkSize);
4858               else ckSCSL->Resize(totalChunkSize);
4859               uint8_t* pData = (uint8_t*) ckSCSL->LoadChunkData();
4860               int pos = 0;
4861               store32(&pData[pos], headerSize);
4862               pos += sizeof(uint32_t);
4863               store32(&pData[pos], slotCount);
4864               pos += sizeof(uint32_t);
4865               store32(&pData[pos], slotSize);
4866               pos += sizeof(uint32_t);
4867               for (int i = 0; i < slotCount; ++i) {
4868                   // arbitrary value, the actual file offset will be updated in
4869                   // UpdateScriptFileOffsets() after the file has been resized
4870                   int bogusFileOffset = 0;
4871                   store32(&pData[pos], bogusFileOffset);
4872                   pos += sizeof(uint32_t);
4873                   store32(&pData[pos], (*pScriptRefs)[i].bypass ? 1 : 0);
4874                   pos += sizeof(uint32_t);
4875               }
4876           } else {
4877               // no script slots, so get rid of any LS custom RIFF chunks (if any)
4878               RIFF::List* lst3LS = pCkInstrument->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3LS);
4879               if (lst3LS) pCkInstrument->DeleteSubChunk(lst3LS);
4880           }
4881        }
4882    
4883        void Instrument::UpdateScriptFileOffsets() {
4884           // own gig format extensions
4885           if (pScriptRefs && pScriptRefs->size() > 0) {
4886               RIFF::List* lst3LS = pCkInstrument->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3LS);
4887               RIFF::Chunk* ckSCSL = lst3LS->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_SCSL);
4888               const int slotCount = (int) pScriptRefs->size();
4889               const int headerSize = 3 * sizeof(uint32_t);
4890               ckSCSL->SetPos(headerSize);
4891               for (int i = 0; i < slotCount; ++i) {
4892                   uint32_t fileOffset = uint32_t(
4893                        (*pScriptRefs)[i].script->pChunk->GetFilePos() -
4894                        (*pScriptRefs)[i].script->pChunk->GetPos() -
4895                        CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE(ckSCSL->GetFile()->GetFileOffsetSize())
4896                   );
4897                   ckSCSL->WriteUint32(&fileOffset);
4898                   // jump over flags entry (containing the bypass flag)
4899                   ckSCSL->SetPos(sizeof(uint32_t), RIFF::stream_curpos);
4900               }
4901           }        
4902      }      }
4903    
4904      /**      /**
# Line 1706  namespace { Line 4909  namespace {
4909       *             there is no Region defined for the given \a Key       *             there is no Region defined for the given \a Key
4910       */       */
4911      Region* Instrument::GetRegion(unsigned int Key) {      Region* Instrument::GetRegion(unsigned int Key) {
4912          if (!pRegions || Key > 127) return NULL;          if (!pRegions || pRegions->empty() || Key > 127) return NULL;
4913          return RegionKeyTable[Key];          return RegionKeyTable[Key];
4914    
4915          /*for (int i = 0; i < Regions; i++) {          /*for (int i = 0; i < Regions; i++) {
4916              if (Key <= pRegions[i]->KeyRange.high &&              if (Key <= pRegions[i]->KeyRange.high &&
4917                  Key >= pRegions[i]->KeyRange.low) return pRegions[i];                  Key >= pRegions[i]->KeyRange.low) return pRegions[i];
# Line 1723  namespace { Line 4927  namespace {
4927       * @see      GetNextRegion()       * @see      GetNextRegion()
4928       */       */
4929      Region* Instrument::GetFirstRegion() {      Region* Instrument::GetFirstRegion() {
4930          if (!Regions) return NULL;          if (!pRegions) return NULL;
4931          RegionIndex = 1;          RegionsIterator = pRegions->begin();
4932          return pRegions[0];          return static_cast<gig::Region*>( (RegionsIterator != pRegions->end()) ? *RegionsIterator : NULL );
4933      }      }
4934    
4935      /**      /**
# Line 1737  namespace { Line 4941  namespace {
4941       * @see      GetFirstRegion()       * @see      GetFirstRegion()
4942       */       */
4943      Region* Instrument::GetNextRegion() {      Region* Instrument::GetNextRegion() {
4944          if (RegionIndex < 0 || uint32_t(RegionIndex) >= Regions) return NULL;          if (!pRegions) return NULL;
4945          return pRegions[RegionIndex++];          RegionsIterator++;
4946            return static_cast<gig::Region*>( (RegionsIterator != pRegions->end()) ? *RegionsIterator : NULL );
4947        }
4948    
4949        Region* Instrument::AddRegion() {
4950            // create new Region object (and its RIFF chunks)
4951            RIFF::List* lrgn = pCkInstrument->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_LRGN);
4952            if (!lrgn)  lrgn = pCkInstrument->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_LRGN);
4953            RIFF::List* rgn = lrgn->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_RGN);
4954            Region* pNewRegion = new Region(this, rgn);
4955            pRegions->push_back(pNewRegion);
4956            Regions = (uint32_t) pRegions->size();
4957            // update Region key table for fast lookup
4958            UpdateRegionKeyTable();
4959            // done
4960            return pNewRegion;
4961        }
4962    
4963        void Instrument::DeleteRegion(Region* pRegion) {
4964            if (!pRegions) return;
4965            DLS::Instrument::DeleteRegion((DLS::Region*) pRegion);
4966            // update Region key table for fast lookup
4967            UpdateRegionKeyTable();
4968        }
4969    
4970        /**
4971         * Move this instrument at the position before @arg dst.
4972         *
4973         * This method can be used to reorder the sequence of instruments in a
4974         * .gig file. This might be helpful especially on large .gig files which
4975         * contain a large number of instruments within the same .gig file. So
4976         * grouping such instruments to similar ones, can help to keep track of them
4977         * when working with such complex .gig files.
4978         *
4979         * When calling this method, this instrument will be removed from in its
4980         * current position in the instruments list and moved to the requested
4981         * target position provided by @param dst. You may also pass NULL as
4982         * argument to this method, in that case this intrument will be moved to the
4983         * very end of the .gig file's instrument list.
4984         *
4985         * You have to call Save() to make the order change persistent to the .gig
4986         * file.
4987         *
4988         * Currently this method is limited to moving the instrument within the same
4989         * .gig file. Trying to move it to another .gig file by calling this method
4990         * will throw an exception.
4991         *
4992         * @param dst - destination instrument at which this instrument will be
4993         *              moved to, or pass NULL for moving to end of list
4994         * @throw gig::Exception if this instrument and target instrument are not
4995         *                       part of the same file
4996         */
4997        void Instrument::MoveTo(Instrument* dst) {
4998            if (dst && GetParent() != dst->GetParent())
4999                throw Exception(
5000                    "gig::Instrument::MoveTo() can only be used for moving within "
5001                    "the same gig file."
5002                );
5003    
5004            File* pFile = (File*) GetParent();
5005    
5006            // move this instrument within the instrument list
5007            {
5008                File::InstrumentList& list = *pFile->pInstruments;
5009    
5010                File::InstrumentList::iterator itFrom =
5011                    std::find(list.begin(), list.end(), static_cast<DLS::Instrument*>(this));
5012    
5013                File::InstrumentList::iterator itTo =
5014                    std::find(list.begin(), list.end(), static_cast<DLS::Instrument*>(dst));
5015    
5016                list.splice(itTo, list, itFrom);
5017            }
5018    
5019            // move the instrument's actual list RIFF chunk appropriately
5020            RIFF::List* lstCkInstruments = pFile->pRIFF->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_LINS);
5021            lstCkInstruments->MoveSubChunk(
5022                this->pCkInstrument,
5023                (RIFF::Chunk*) ((dst) ? dst->pCkInstrument : NULL)
5024            );
5025        }
5026    
5027        /**
5028         * Returns a MIDI rule of the instrument.
5029         *
5030         * The list of MIDI rules, at least in gig v3, always contains at
5031         * most two rules. The second rule can only be the DEF filter
5032         * (which currently isn't supported by libgig).
5033         *
5034         * @param i - MIDI rule number
5035         * @returns   pointer address to MIDI rule number i or NULL if there is none
5036         */
5037        MidiRule* Instrument::GetMidiRule(int i) {
5038            return pMidiRules[i];
5039        }
5040    
5041        /**
5042         * Adds the "controller trigger" MIDI rule to the instrument.
5043         *
5044         * @returns the new MIDI rule
5045         */
5046        MidiRuleCtrlTrigger* Instrument::AddMidiRuleCtrlTrigger() {
5047            delete pMidiRules[0];
5048            MidiRuleCtrlTrigger* r = new MidiRuleCtrlTrigger;
5049            pMidiRules[0] = r;
5050            pMidiRules[1] = 0;
5051            return r;
5052        }
5053    
5054        /**
5055         * Adds the legato MIDI rule to the instrument.
5056         *
5057         * @returns the new MIDI rule
5058         */
5059        MidiRuleLegato* Instrument::AddMidiRuleLegato() {
5060            delete pMidiRules[0];
5061            MidiRuleLegato* r = new MidiRuleLegato;
5062            pMidiRules[0] = r;
5063            pMidiRules[1] = 0;
5064            return r;
5065        }
5066    
5067        /**
5068         * Adds the alternator MIDI rule to the instrument.
5069         *
5070         * @returns the new MIDI rule
5071         */
5072        MidiRuleAlternator* Instrument::AddMidiRuleAlternator() {
5073            delete pMidiRules[0];
5074            MidiRuleAlternator* r = new MidiRuleAlternator;
5075            pMidiRules[0] = r;
5076            pMidiRules[1] = 0;
5077            return r;
5078        }
5079    
5080        /**
5081         * Deletes a MIDI rule from the instrument.
5082         *
5083         * @param i - MIDI rule number
5084         */
5085        void Instrument::DeleteMidiRule(int i) {
5086            delete pMidiRules[i];
5087            pMidiRules[i] = 0;
5088        }
5089    
5090        void Instrument::LoadScripts() {
5091            if (pScriptRefs) return;
5092            pScriptRefs = new std::vector<_ScriptPooolRef>;
5093            if (scriptPoolFileOffsets.empty()) return;
5094            File* pFile = (File*) GetParent();
5095            for (uint k = 0; k < scriptPoolFileOffsets.size(); ++k) {
5096                uint32_t soughtOffset = scriptPoolFileOffsets[k].fileOffset;
5097                for (uint i = 0; pFile->GetScriptGroup(i); ++i) {
5098                    ScriptGroup* group = pFile->GetScriptGroup(i);
5099                    for (uint s = 0; group->GetScript(s); ++s) {
5100                        Script* script = group->GetScript(s);
5101                        if (script->pChunk) {
5102                            uint32_t offset = uint32_t(
5103                                script->pChunk->GetFilePos() -
5104                                script->pChunk->GetPos() -
5105                                CHUNK_HEADER_SIZE(script->pChunk->GetFile()->GetFileOffsetSize())
5106                            );
5107                            if (offset == soughtOffset)
5108                            {
5109                                _ScriptPooolRef ref;
5110                                ref.script = script;
5111                                ref.bypass = scriptPoolFileOffsets[k].bypass;
5112                                pScriptRefs->push_back(ref);
5113                                break;
5114                            }
5115                        }
5116                    }
5117                }
5118            }
5119            // we don't need that anymore
5120            scriptPoolFileOffsets.clear();
5121        }
5122    
5123        /** @brief Get instrument script (gig format extension).
5124         *
5125         * Returns the real-time instrument script of instrument script slot
5126         * @a index.
5127         *
5128         * @note This is an own format extension which did not exist i.e. in the
5129         * GigaStudio 4 software. It will currently only work with LinuxSampler and
5130         * gigedit.
5131         *
5132         * @param index - instrument script slot index
5133         * @returns script or NULL if index is out of bounds
5134         */
5135        Script* Instrument::GetScriptOfSlot(uint index) {
5136            LoadScripts();
5137            if (index >= pScriptRefs->size()) return NULL;
5138            return pScriptRefs->at(index).script;
5139        }
5140    
5141        /** @brief Add new instrument script slot (gig format extension).
5142         *
5143         * Add the given real-time instrument script reference to this instrument,
5144         * which shall be executed by the sampler for for this instrument. The
5145         * script will be added to the end of the script list of this instrument.
5146         * The positions of the scripts in the Instrument's Script list are
5147         * relevant, because they define in which order they shall be executed by
5148         * the sampler. For this reason it is also legal to add the same script
5149         * twice to an instrument, for example you might have a script called
5150         * "MyFilter" which performs an event filter task, and you might have
5151         * another script called "MyNoteTrigger" which triggers new notes, then you
5152         * might for example have the following list of scripts on the instrument:
5153         *
5154         * 1. Script "MyFilter"
5155         * 2. Script "MyNoteTrigger"
5156         * 3. Script "MyFilter"
5157         *
5158         * Which would make sense, because the 2nd script launched new events, which
5159         * you might need to filter as well.
5160         *
5161         * There are two ways to disable / "bypass" scripts. You can either disable
5162         * a script locally for the respective script slot on an instrument (i.e. by
5163         * passing @c false to the 2nd argument of this method, or by calling
5164         * SetScriptBypassed()). Or you can disable a script globally for all slots
5165         * and all instruments by setting Script::Bypass.
5166         *
5167         * @note This is an own format extension which did not exist i.e. in the
5168         * GigaStudio 4 software. It will currently only work with LinuxSampler and
5169         * gigedit.
5170         *
5171         * @param pScript - script that shall be executed for this instrument
5172         * @param bypass  - if enabled, the sampler shall skip executing this
5173         *                  script (in the respective list position)
5174         * @see SetScriptBypassed()
5175         */
5176        void Instrument::AddScriptSlot(Script* pScript, bool bypass) {
5177            LoadScripts();
5178            _ScriptPooolRef ref = { pScript, bypass };
5179            pScriptRefs->push_back(ref);
5180        }
5181    
5182        /** @brief Flip two script slots with each other (gig format extension).
5183         *
5184         * Swaps the position of the two given scripts in the Instrument's Script
5185         * list. The positions of the scripts in the Instrument's Script list are
5186         * relevant, because they define in which order they shall be executed by
5187         * the sampler.
5188         *
5189         * @note This is an own format extension which did not exist i.e. in the
5190         * GigaStudio 4 software. It will currently only work with LinuxSampler and
5191         * gigedit.
5192         *
5193         * @param index1 - index of the first script slot to swap
5194         * @param index2 - index of the second script slot to swap
5195         */
5196        void Instrument::SwapScriptSlots(uint index1, uint index2) {
5197            LoadScripts();
5198            if (index1 >= pScriptRefs->size() || index2 >= pScriptRefs->size())
5199                return;
5200            _ScriptPooolRef tmp = (*pScriptRefs)[index1];
5201            (*pScriptRefs)[index1] = (*pScriptRefs)[index2];
5202            (*pScriptRefs)[index2] = tmp;
5203        }
5204    
5205        /** @brief Remove script slot.
5206         *
5207         * Removes the script slot with the given slot index.
5208         *
5209         * @param index - index of script slot to remove
5210         */
5211        void Instrument::RemoveScriptSlot(uint index) {
5212            LoadScripts();
5213            if (index >= pScriptRefs->size()) return;
5214            pScriptRefs->erase( pScriptRefs->begin() + index );
5215        }
5216    
5217        /** @brief Remove reference to given Script (gig format extension).
5218         *
5219         * This will remove all script slots on the instrument which are referencing
5220         * the given script.
5221         *
5222         * @note This is an own format extension which did not exist i.e. in the
5223         * GigaStudio 4 software. It will currently only work with LinuxSampler and
5224         * gigedit.
5225         *
5226         * @param pScript - script reference to remove from this instrument
5227         * @see RemoveScriptSlot()
5228         */
5229        void Instrument::RemoveScript(Script* pScript) {
5230            LoadScripts();
5231            for (ssize_t i = pScriptRefs->size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
5232                if ((*pScriptRefs)[i].script == pScript) {
5233                    pScriptRefs->erase( pScriptRefs->begin() + i );
5234                }
5235            }
5236        }
5237    
5238        /** @brief Instrument's amount of script slots.
5239         *
5240         * This method returns the amount of script slots this instrument currently
5241         * uses.
5242         *
5243         * A script slot is a reference of a real-time instrument script to be
5244         * executed by the sampler. The scripts will be executed by the sampler in
5245         * sequence of the slots. One (same) script may be referenced multiple
5246         * times in different slots.
5247         *
5248         * @note This is an own format extension which did not exist i.e. in the
5249         * GigaStudio 4 software. It will currently only work with LinuxSampler and
5250         * gigedit.
5251         */
5252        uint Instrument::ScriptSlotCount() const {
5253            return uint(pScriptRefs ? pScriptRefs->size() : scriptPoolFileOffsets.size());
5254        }
5255    
5256        /** @brief Whether script execution shall be skipped.
5257         *
5258         * Defines locally for the Script reference slot in the Instrument's Script
5259         * list, whether the script shall be skipped by the sampler regarding
5260         * execution.
5261         *
5262         * It is also possible to ignore exeuction of the script globally, for all
5263         * slots and for all instruments by setting Script::Bypass.
5264         *
5265         * @note This is an own format extension which did not exist i.e. in the
5266         * GigaStudio 4 software. It will currently only work with LinuxSampler and
5267         * gigedit.
5268         *
5269         * @param index - index of the script slot on this instrument
5270         * @see Script::Bypass
5271         */
5272        bool Instrument::IsScriptSlotBypassed(uint index) {
5273            if (index >= ScriptSlotCount()) return false;
5274            return pScriptRefs ? pScriptRefs->at(index).bypass
5275                               : scriptPoolFileOffsets.at(index).bypass;
5276            
5277        }
5278    
5279        /** @brief Defines whether execution shall be skipped.
5280         *
5281         * You can call this method to define locally whether or whether not the
5282         * given script slot shall be executed by the sampler.
5283         *
5284         * @note This is an own format extension which did not exist i.e. in the
5285         * GigaStudio 4 software. It will currently only work with LinuxSampler and
5286         * gigedit.
5287         *
5288         * @param index - script slot index on this instrument
5289         * @param bBypass - if true, the script slot will be skipped by the sampler
5290         * @see Script::Bypass
5291         */
5292        void Instrument::SetScriptSlotBypassed(uint index, bool bBypass) {
5293            if (index >= ScriptSlotCount()) return;
5294            if (pScriptRefs)
5295                pScriptRefs->at(index).bypass = bBypass;
5296            else
5297                scriptPoolFileOffsets.at(index).bypass = bBypass;
5298        }
5299    
5300        /**
5301         * Make a (semi) deep copy of the Instrument object given by @a orig
5302         * and assign it to this object.
5303         *
5304         * Note that all sample pointers referenced by @a orig are simply copied as
5305         * memory address. Thus the respective samples are shared, not duplicated!
5306         *
5307         * @param orig - original Instrument object to be copied from
5308         */
5309        void Instrument::CopyAssign(const Instrument* orig) {
5310            CopyAssign(orig, NULL);
5311        }
5312            
5313        /**
5314         * Make a (semi) deep copy of the Instrument object given by @a orig
5315         * and assign it to this object.
5316         *
5317         * @param orig - original Instrument object to be copied from
5318         * @param mSamples - crosslink map between the foreign file's samples and
5319         *                   this file's samples
5320         */
5321        void Instrument::CopyAssign(const Instrument* orig, const std::map<Sample*,Sample*>* mSamples) {
5322            // handle base class
5323            // (without copying DLS region stuff)
5324            DLS::Instrument::CopyAssignCore(orig);
5325            
5326            // handle own member variables
5327            Attenuation = orig->Attenuation;
5328            EffectSend = orig->EffectSend;
5329            FineTune = orig->FineTune;
5330            PitchbendRange = orig->PitchbendRange;
5331            PianoReleaseMode = orig->PianoReleaseMode;
5332            DimensionKeyRange = orig->DimensionKeyRange;
5333            scriptPoolFileOffsets = orig->scriptPoolFileOffsets;
5334            pScriptRefs = orig->pScriptRefs;
5335            
5336            // free old midi rules
5337            for (int i = 0 ; pMidiRules[i] ; i++) {
5338                delete pMidiRules[i];
5339            }
5340            //TODO: MIDI rule copying
5341            pMidiRules[0] = NULL;
5342            
5343            // delete all old regions
5344            while (Regions) DeleteRegion(GetFirstRegion());
5345            // create new regions and copy them from original
5346            {
5347                RegionList::const_iterator it = orig->pRegions->begin();
5348                for (int i = 0; i < orig->Regions; ++i, ++it) {
5349                    Region* dstRgn = AddRegion();
5350                    //NOTE: Region does semi-deep copy !
5351                    dstRgn->CopyAssign(
5352                        static_cast<gig::Region*>(*it),
5353                        mSamples
5354                    );
5355                }
5356            }
5357    
5358            UpdateRegionKeyTable();
5359        }
5360    
5361    
5362    // *************** Group ***************
5363    // *
5364    
5365        /** @brief Constructor.
5366         *
5367         * @param file   - pointer to the gig::File object
5368         * @param ck3gnm - pointer to 3gnm chunk associated with this group or
5369         *                 NULL if this is a new Group
5370         */
5371        Group::Group(File* file, RIFF::Chunk* ck3gnm) {
5372            pFile      = file;
5373            pNameChunk = ck3gnm;
5374            ::LoadString(pNameChunk, Name);
5375        }
5376    
5377        Group::~Group() {
5378            // remove the chunk associated with this group (if any)
5379            if (pNameChunk) pNameChunk->GetParent()->DeleteSubChunk(pNameChunk);
5380        }
5381    
5382        /** @brief Update chunks with current group settings.
5383         *
5384         * Apply current Group field values to the respective chunks. You have
5385         * to call File::Save() to make changes persistent.
5386         *
5387         * Usually there is absolutely no need to call this method explicitly.
5388         * It will be called automatically when File::Save() was called.
5389         *
5390         * @param pProgress - callback function for progress notification
5391         */
5392        void Group::UpdateChunks(progress_t* pProgress) {
5393            // make sure <3gri> and <3gnl> list chunks exist
5394            RIFF::List* _3gri = pFile->pRIFF->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3GRI);
5395            if (!_3gri) {
5396                _3gri = pFile->pRIFF->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_3GRI);
5397                pFile->pRIFF->MoveSubChunk(_3gri, pFile->pRIFF->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_PTBL));
5398            }
5399            RIFF::List* _3gnl = _3gri->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3GNL);
5400            if (!_3gnl) _3gnl = _3gri->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_3GNL);
5401    
5402            if (!pNameChunk && pFile->pVersion && pFile->pVersion->major == 3) {
5403                // v3 has a fixed list of 128 strings, find a free one
5404                for (RIFF::Chunk* ck = _3gnl->GetFirstSubChunk() ; ck ; ck = _3gnl->GetNextSubChunk()) {
5405                    if (strcmp(static_cast<char*>(ck->LoadChunkData()), "") == 0) {
5406                        pNameChunk = ck;
5407                        break;
5408                    }
5409                }
5410            }
5411    
5412            // now store the name of this group as <3gnm> chunk as subchunk of the <3gnl> list chunk
5413            ::SaveString(CHUNK_ID_3GNM, pNameChunk, _3gnl, Name, String("Unnamed Group"), true, 64);
5414        }
5415    
5416        /**
5417         * Returns the first Sample of this Group. You have to call this method
5418         * once before you use GetNextSample().
5419         *
5420         * <b>Notice:</b> this method might block for a long time, in case the
5421         * samples of this .gig file were not scanned yet
5422         *
5423         * @returns  pointer address to first Sample or NULL if there is none
5424         *           applied to this Group
5425         * @see      GetNextSample()
5426         */
5427        Sample* Group::GetFirstSample() {
5428            // FIXME: lazy und unsafe implementation, should be an autonomous iterator
5429            for (Sample* pSample = pFile->GetFirstSample(); pSample; pSample = pFile->GetNextSample()) {
5430                if (pSample->GetGroup() == this) return pSample;
5431            }
5432            return NULL;
5433        }
5434    
5435        /**
5436         * Returns the next Sample of the Group. You have to call
5437         * GetFirstSample() once before you can use this method. By calling this
5438         * method multiple times it iterates through the Samples assigned to
5439         * this Group.
5440         *
5441         * @returns  pointer address to the next Sample of this Group or NULL if
5442         *           end reached
5443         * @see      GetFirstSample()
5444         */
5445        Sample* Group::GetNextSample() {
5446            // FIXME: lazy und unsafe implementation, should be an autonomous iterator
5447            for (Sample* pSample = pFile->GetNextSample(); pSample; pSample = pFile->GetNextSample()) {
5448                if (pSample->GetGroup() == this) return pSample;
5449            }
5450            return NULL;
5451        }
5452    
5453        /**
5454         * Move Sample given by \a pSample from another Group to this Group.
5455         */
5456        void Group::AddSample(Sample* pSample) {
5457            pSample->pGroup = this;
5458        }
5459    
5460        /**
5461         * Move all members of this group to another group (preferably the 1st
5462         * one except this). This method is called explicitly by
5463         * File::DeleteGroup() thus when a Group was deleted. This code was
5464         * intentionally not placed in the destructor!
5465         */
5466        void Group::MoveAll() {
5467            // get "that" other group first
5468            Group* pOtherGroup = NULL;
5469            for (pOtherGroup = pFile->GetFirstGroup(); pOtherGroup; pOtherGroup = pFile->GetNextGroup()) {
5470                if (pOtherGroup != this) break;
5471            }
5472            if (!pOtherGroup) throw Exception(
5473                "Could not move samples to another group, since there is no "
5474                "other Group. This is a bug, report it!"
5475            );
5476            // now move all samples of this group to the other group
5477            for (Sample* pSample = GetFirstSample(); pSample; pSample = GetNextSample()) {
5478                pOtherGroup->AddSample(pSample);
5479            }
5480      }      }
5481    
5482    
# Line 1746  namespace { Line 5484  namespace {
5484  // *************** File ***************  // *************** File ***************
5485  // *  // *
5486    
5487        /// Reflects Gigasampler file format version 2.0 (1998-06-28).
5488        const DLS::version_t File::VERSION_2 = {
5489            0, 2, 19980628 & 0xffff, 19980628 >> 16
5490        };
5491    
5492        /// Reflects Gigasampler file format version 3.0 (2003-03-31).
5493        const DLS::version_t File::VERSION_3 = {
5494            0, 3, 20030331 & 0xffff, 20030331 >> 16
5495        };
5496    
5497        static const DLS::Info::string_length_t _FileFixedStringLengths[] = {
5498            { CHUNK_ID_IARL, 256 },
5499            { CHUNK_ID_IART, 128 },
5500            { CHUNK_ID_ICMS, 128 },
5501            { CHUNK_ID_ICMT, 1024 },
5502            { CHUNK_ID_ICOP, 128 },
5503            { CHUNK_ID_ICRD, 128 },
5504            { CHUNK_ID_IENG, 128 },
5505            { CHUNK_ID_IGNR, 128 },
5506            { CHUNK_ID_IKEY, 128 },
5507            { CHUNK_ID_IMED, 128 },
5508            { CHUNK_ID_INAM, 128 },
5509            { CHUNK_ID_IPRD, 128 },
5510            { CHUNK_ID_ISBJ, 128 },
5511            { CHUNK_ID_ISFT, 128 },
5512            { CHUNK_ID_ISRC, 128 },
5513            { CHUNK_ID_ISRF, 128 },
5514            { CHUNK_ID_ITCH, 128 },
5515            { 0, 0 }
5516        };
5517    
5518        File::File() : DLS::File() {
5519            bAutoLoad = true;
5520            *pVersion = VERSION_3;
5521            pGroups = NULL;
5522            pScriptGroups = NULL;
5523            pInfo->SetFixedStringLengths(_FileFixedStringLengths);
5524            pInfo->ArchivalLocation = String(256, ' ');
5525    
5526            // add some mandatory chunks to get the file chunks in right
5527            // order (INFO chunk will be moved to first position later)
5528            pRIFF->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_VERS, 8);
5529            pRIFF->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_COLH, 4);
5530            pRIFF->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_DLID, 16);
5531    
5532            GenerateDLSID();
5533        }
5534    
5535      File::File(RIFF::File* pRIFF) : DLS::File(pRIFF) {      File::File(RIFF::File* pRIFF) : DLS::File(pRIFF) {
5536          pSamples     = NULL;          bAutoLoad = true;
5537          pInstruments = NULL;          pGroups = NULL;
5538            pScriptGroups = NULL;
5539            pInfo->SetFixedStringLengths(_FileFixedStringLengths);
5540      }      }
5541    
5542      File::~File() {      File::~File() {
5543          // free samples          if (pGroups) {
5544          if (pSamples) {              std::list<Group*>::iterator iter = pGroups->begin();
5545              SamplesIterator = pSamples->begin();              std::list<Group*>::iterator end  = pGroups->end();
5546              while (SamplesIterator != pSamples->end() ) {              while (iter != end) {
5547                  delete (*SamplesIterator);                  delete *iter;
5548                  SamplesIterator++;                  ++iter;
5549              }              }
5550              pSamples->clear();              delete pGroups;
5551              delete pSamples;          }
5552            if (pScriptGroups) {
5553          }              std::list<ScriptGroup*>::iterator iter = pScriptGroups->begin();
5554          // free instruments              std::list<ScriptGroup*>::iterator end  = pScriptGroups->end();
5555          if (pInstruments) {              while (iter != end) {
5556              InstrumentsIterator = pInstruments->begin();                  delete *iter;
5557              while (InstrumentsIterator != pInstruments->end() ) {                  ++iter;
5558                  delete (*InstrumentsIterator);              }
5559                  InstrumentsIterator++;              delete pScriptGroups;
5560              }          }
             pInstruments->clear();  
             delete pInstruments;  
         }  
         // free extension files  
         for (std::list<RIFF::File*>::iterator i = ExtensionFiles.begin() ; i != ExtensionFiles.end() ; i++)  
             delete *i;  
5561      }      }
5562    
5563      Sample* File::GetFirstSample(progress_t* pProgress) {      Sample* File::GetFirstSample(progress_t* pProgress) {
# Line 1790  namespace { Line 5572  namespace {
5572          SamplesIterator++;          SamplesIterator++;
5573          return static_cast<gig::Sample*>( (SamplesIterator != pSamples->end()) ? *SamplesIterator : NULL );          return static_cast<gig::Sample*>( (SamplesIterator != pSamples->end()) ? *SamplesIterator : NULL );
5574      }      }
5575        
5576        /**
5577         * Returns Sample object of @a index.
5578         *
5579         * @returns sample object or NULL if index is out of bounds
5580         */
5581        Sample* File::GetSample(uint index) {
5582            if (!pSamples) LoadSamples();
5583            if (!pSamples) return NULL;
5584            DLS::File::SampleList::iterator it = pSamples->begin();
5585            for (int i = 0; i < index; ++i) {
5586                ++it;
5587                if (it == pSamples->end()) return NULL;
5588            }
5589            if (it == pSamples->end()) return NULL;
5590            return static_cast<gig::Sample*>( *it );
5591        }
5592    
5593        /** @brief Add a new sample.
5594         *
5595         * This will create a new Sample object for the gig file. You have to
5596         * call Save() to make this persistent to the file.
5597         *
5598         * @returns pointer to new Sample object
5599         */
5600        Sample* File::AddSample() {
5601           if (!pSamples) LoadSamples();
5602           __ensureMandatoryChunksExist();
5603           RIFF::List* wvpl = pRIFF->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_WVPL);
5604           // create new Sample object and its respective 'wave' list chunk
5605           RIFF::List* wave = wvpl->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_WAVE);
5606           Sample* pSample = new Sample(this, wave, 0 /*arbitrary value, we update offsets when we save*/);
5607    
5608           // add mandatory chunks to get the chunks in right order
5609           wave->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_FMT, 16);
5610           wave->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_INFO);
5611    
5612           pSamples->push_back(pSample);
5613           return pSample;
5614        }
5615    
5616        /** @brief Delete a sample.
5617         *
5618         * This will delete the given Sample object from the gig file. Any
5619         * references to this sample from Regions and DimensionRegions will be
5620         * removed. You have to call Save() to make this persistent to the file.
5621         *
5622         * @param pSample - sample to delete
5623         * @throws gig::Exception if given sample could not be found
5624         */
5625        void File::DeleteSample(Sample* pSample) {
5626            if (!pSamples || !pSamples->size()) throw gig::Exception("Could not delete sample as there are no samples");
5627            SampleList::iterator iter = find(pSamples->begin(), pSamples->end(), (DLS::Sample*) pSample);
5628            if (iter == pSamples->end()) throw gig::Exception("Could not delete sample, could not find given sample");
5629            if (SamplesIterator != pSamples->end() && *SamplesIterator == pSample) ++SamplesIterator; // avoid iterator invalidation
5630            pSamples->erase(iter);
5631            delete pSample;
5632    
5633            SampleList::iterator tmp = SamplesIterator;
5634            // remove all references to the sample
5635            for (Instrument* instrument = GetFirstInstrument() ; instrument ;
5636                 instrument = GetNextInstrument()) {
5637                for (Region* region = instrument->GetFirstRegion() ; region ;
5638                     region = instrument->GetNextRegion()) {
5639    
5640                    if (region->GetSample() == pSample) region->SetSample(NULL);
5641    
5642                    for (int i = 0 ; i < region->DimensionRegions ; i++) {
5643                        gig::DimensionRegion *d = region->pDimensionRegions[i];
5644                        if (d->pSample == pSample) d->pSample = NULL;
5645                    }
5646                }
5647            }
5648            SamplesIterator = tmp; // restore iterator
5649        }
5650    
5651        void File::LoadSamples() {
5652            LoadSamples(NULL);
5653        }
5654    
5655      void File::LoadSamples(progress_t* pProgress) {      void File::LoadSamples(progress_t* pProgress) {
5656            // Groups must be loaded before samples, because samples will try
5657            // to resolve the group they belong to
5658            if (!pGroups) LoadGroups();
5659    
5660            if (!pSamples) pSamples = new SampleList;
5661    
5662          RIFF::File* file = pRIFF;          RIFF::File* file = pRIFF;
5663    
5664          // just for progress calculation          // just for progress calculation
# Line 1799  namespace { Line 5666  namespace {
5666          int iTotalSamples = WavePoolCount;          int iTotalSamples = WavePoolCount;
5667    
5668          // check if samples should be loaded from extension files          // check if samples should be loaded from extension files
5669            // (only for old gig files < 2 GB)
5670          int lastFileNo = 0;          int lastFileNo = 0;
5671          for (int i = 0 ; i < WavePoolCount ; i++) {          if (!file->IsNew() && !(file->GetCurrentFileSize() >> 31)) {
5672              if (pWavePoolTableHi[i] > lastFileNo) lastFileNo = pWavePoolTableHi[i];              for (int i = 0 ; i < WavePoolCount ; i++) {
5673                    if (pWavePoolTableHi[i] > lastFileNo) lastFileNo = pWavePoolTableHi[i];
5674                }
5675          }          }
5676          String name(pRIFF->Filename);          String name(pRIFF->GetFileName());
5677          int nameLen = pRIFF->Filename.length();          int nameLen = (int) name.length();
5678          char suffix[6];          char suffix[6];
5679          if (nameLen > 4 && pRIFF->Filename.substr(nameLen - 4) == ".gig") nameLen -= 4;          if (nameLen > 4 && name.substr(nameLen - 4) == ".gig") nameLen -= 4;
5680    
5681          for (int fileNo = 0 ; ; ) {          for (int fileNo = 0 ; ; ) {
5682              RIFF::List* wvpl = file->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_WVPL);              RIFF::List* wvpl = file->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_WVPL);
5683              if (wvpl) {              if (wvpl) {
5684                  unsigned long wvplFileOffset = wvpl->GetFilePos();                  file_offset_t wvplFileOffset = wvpl->GetFilePos();
5685                  RIFF::List* wave = wvpl->GetFirstSubList();                  RIFF::List* wave = wvpl->GetFirstSubList();
5686                  while (wave) {                  while (wave) {
5687                      if (wave->GetListType() == LIST_TYPE_WAVE) {                      if (wave->GetListType() == LIST_TYPE_WAVE) {
# Line 1819  namespace { Line 5689  namespace {
5689                          const float subprogress = (float) iSampleIndex / (float) iTotalSamples;                          const float subprogress = (float) iSampleIndex / (float) iTotalSamples;
5690                          __notify_progress(pProgress, subprogress);                          __notify_progress(pProgress, subprogress);
5691    
5692                          if (!pSamples) pSamples = new SampleList;                          file_offset_t waveFileOffset = wave->GetFilePos();
5693                          unsigned long waveFileOffset = wave->GetFilePos();                          pSamples->push_back(new Sample(this, wave, waveFileOffset - wvplFileOffset, fileNo, iSampleIndex));
                         pSamples->push_back(new Sample(this, wave, waveFileOffset - wvplFileOffset, fileNo));  
5694    
5695                          iSampleIndex++;                          iSampleIndex++;
5696                      }                      }
# Line 1836  namespace { Line 5705  namespace {
5705                  name.replace(nameLen, 5, suffix);                  name.replace(nameLen, 5, suffix);
5706                  file = new RIFF::File(name);                  file = new RIFF::File(name);
5707                  ExtensionFiles.push_back(file);                  ExtensionFiles.push_back(file);
5708              }              } else break;
             else throw gig::Exception("Mandatory <wvpl> chunk not found.");  
5709          }          }
5710    
5711          __notify_progress(pProgress, 1.0); // notify done          __notify_progress(pProgress, 1.0); // notify done
# Line 1847  namespace { Line 5715  namespace {
5715          if (!pInstruments) LoadInstruments();          if (!pInstruments) LoadInstruments();
5716          if (!pInstruments) return NULL;          if (!pInstruments) return NULL;
5717          InstrumentsIterator = pInstruments->begin();          InstrumentsIterator = pInstruments->begin();
5718          return (InstrumentsIterator != pInstruments->end()) ? *InstrumentsIterator : NULL;          return static_cast<gig::Instrument*>( (InstrumentsIterator != pInstruments->end()) ? *InstrumentsIterator : NULL );
5719      }      }
5720    
5721      Instrument* File::GetNextInstrument() {      Instrument* File::GetNextInstrument() {
5722          if (!pInstruments) return NULL;          if (!pInstruments) return NULL;
5723          InstrumentsIterator++;          InstrumentsIterator++;
5724          return (InstrumentsIterator != pInstruments->end()) ? *InstrumentsIterator : NULL;          return static_cast<gig::Instrument*>( (InstrumentsIterator != pInstruments->end()) ? *InstrumentsIterator : NULL );
5725      }      }
5726    
5727      /**      /**
# Line 1871  namespace { Line 5739  namespace {
5739              progress_t subprogress;              progress_t subprogress;
5740              __divide_progress(pProgress, &subprogress, 3.0f, 0.0f); // randomly schedule 33% for this subtask              __divide_progress(pProgress, &subprogress, 3.0f, 0.0f); // randomly schedule 33% for this subtask
5741              __notify_progress(&subprogress, 0.0f);              __notify_progress(&subprogress, 0.0f);
5742              GetFirstSample(&subprogress); // now force all samples to be loaded              if (GetAutoLoad())
5743                    GetFirstSample(&subprogress); // now force all samples to be loaded
5744              __notify_progress(&subprogress, 1.0f);              __notify_progress(&subprogress, 1.0f);
5745    
5746              // instrument loading subtask              // instrument loading subtask
# Line 1886  namespace { Line 5755  namespace {
5755          if (!pInstruments) return NULL;          if (!pInstruments) return NULL;
5756          InstrumentsIterator = pInstruments->begin();          InstrumentsIterator = pInstruments->begin();
5757          for (uint i = 0; InstrumentsIterator != pInstruments->end(); i++) {          for (uint i = 0; InstrumentsIterator != pInstruments->end(); i++) {
5758              if (i == index) return *InstrumentsIterator;              if (i == index) return static_cast<gig::Instrument*>( *InstrumentsIterator );
5759              InstrumentsIterator++;              InstrumentsIterator++;
5760          }          }
5761          return NULL;          return NULL;
5762      }      }
5763    
5764        /** @brief Add a new instrument definition.
5765         *
5766         * This will create a new Instrument object for the gig file. You have
5767         * to call Save() to make this persistent to the file.
5768         *
5769         * @returns pointer to new Instrument object
5770         */
5771        Instrument* File::AddInstrument() {
5772           if (!pInstruments) LoadInstruments();
5773           __ensureMandatoryChunksExist();
5774           RIFF::List* lstInstruments = pRIFF->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_LINS);
5775           RIFF::List* lstInstr = lstInstruments->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_INS);
5776    
5777           // add mandatory chunks to get the chunks in right order
5778           lstInstr->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_INFO);
5779           lstInstr->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_DLID, 16);
5780    
5781           Instrument* pInstrument = new Instrument(this, lstInstr);
5782           pInstrument->GenerateDLSID();
5783    
5784           lstInstr->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_INSH, 12);
5785    
5786           // this string is needed for the gig to be loadable in GSt:
5787           pInstrument->pInfo->Software = "Endless Wave";
5788    
5789           pInstruments->push_back(pInstrument);
5790           return pInstrument;
5791        }
5792        
5793        /** @brief Add a duplicate of an existing instrument.
5794         *
5795         * Duplicates the instrument definition given by @a orig and adds it
5796         * to this file. This allows in an instrument editor application to
5797         * easily create variations of an instrument, which will be stored in
5798         * the same .gig file, sharing i.e. the same samples.
5799         *
5800         * Note that all sample pointers referenced by @a orig are simply copied as
5801         * memory address. Thus the respective samples are shared, not duplicated!
5802         *
5803         * You have to call Save() to make this persistent to the file.
5804         *
5805         * @param orig - original instrument to be copied
5806         * @returns duplicated copy of the given instrument
5807         */
5808        Instrument* File::AddDuplicateInstrument(const Instrument* orig) {
5809            Instrument* instr = AddInstrument();
5810            instr->CopyAssign(orig);
5811            return instr;
5812        }
5813        
5814        /** @brief Add content of another existing file.
5815         *
5816         * Duplicates the samples, groups and instruments of the original file
5817         * given by @a pFile and adds them to @c this File. In case @c this File is
5818         * a new one that you haven't saved before, then you have to call
5819         * SetFileName() before calling AddContentOf(), because this method will
5820         * automatically save this file during operation, which is required for
5821         * writing the sample waveform data by disk streaming.
5822         *
5823         * @param pFile - original file whose's content shall be copied from
5824         */
5825        void File::AddContentOf(File* pFile) {
5826            static int iCallCount = -1;
5827            iCallCount++;
5828            std::map<Group*,Group*> mGroups;
5829            std::map<Sample*,Sample*> mSamples;
5830            
5831            // clone sample groups
5832            for (int i = 0; pFile->GetGroup(i); ++i) {
5833                Group* g = AddGroup();
5834                g->Name =
5835                    "COPY" + ToString(iCallCount) + "_" + pFile->GetGroup(i)->Name;
5836                mGroups[pFile->GetGroup(i)] = g;
5837            }
5838            
5839            // clone samples (not waveform data here yet)
5840            for (int i = 0; pFile->GetSample(i); ++i) {
5841                Sample* s = AddSample();
5842                s->CopyAssignMeta(pFile->GetSample(i));
5843                mGroups[pFile->GetSample(i)->GetGroup()]->AddSample(s);
5844                mSamples[pFile->GetSample(i)] = s;
5845            }
5846    
5847            // clone script groups and their scripts
5848            for (int iGroup = 0; pFile->GetScriptGroup(iGroup); ++iGroup) {
5849                ScriptGroup* sg = pFile->GetScriptGroup(iGroup);
5850                ScriptGroup* dg = AddScriptGroup();
5851                dg->Name = "COPY" + ToString(iCallCount) + "_" + sg->Name;
5852                for (int iScript = 0; sg->GetScript(iScript); ++iScript) {
5853                    Script* ss = sg->GetScript(iScript);
5854                    Script* ds = dg->AddScript();
5855                    ds->CopyAssign(ss);
5856                }
5857            }
5858    
5859            //BUG: For some reason this method only works with this additional
5860            //     Save() call in between here.
5861            //
5862            // Important: The correct one of the 2 Save() methods has to be called
5863            // here, depending on whether the file is completely new or has been
5864            // saved to disk already, otherwise it will result in data corruption.
5865            if (pRIFF->IsNew())
5866                Save(GetFileName());
5867            else
5868                Save();
5869            
5870            // clone instruments
5871            // (passing the crosslink table here for the cloned samples)
5872            for (int i = 0; pFile->GetInstrument(i); ++i) {
5873                Instrument* instr = AddInstrument();
5874                instr->CopyAssign(pFile->GetInstrument(i), &mSamples);
5875            }
5876            
5877            // Mandatory: file needs to be saved to disk at this point, so this
5878            // file has the correct size and data layout for writing the samples'
5879            // waveform data to disk.
5880            Save();
5881            
5882            // clone samples' waveform data
5883            // (using direct read & write disk streaming)
5884            for (int i = 0; pFile->GetSample(i); ++i) {
5885                mSamples[pFile->GetSample(i)]->CopyAssignWave(pFile->GetSample(i));
5886            }
5887        }
5888    
5889        /** @brief Delete an instrument.
5890         *
5891         * This will delete the given Instrument object from the gig file. You
5892         * have to call Save() to make this persistent to the file.
5893         *
5894         * @param pInstrument - instrument to delete
5895         * @throws gig::Exception if given instrument could not be found
5896         */
5897        void File::DeleteInstrument(Instrument* pInstrument) {
5898            if (!pInstruments) throw gig::Exception("Could not delete instrument as there are no instruments");
5899            InstrumentList::iterator iter = find(pInstruments->begin(), pInstruments->end(), (DLS::Instrument*) pInstrument);
5900            if (iter == pInstruments->end()) throw gig::Exception("Could not delete instrument, could not find given instrument");
5901            pInstruments->erase(iter);
5902            delete pInstrument;
5903        }
5904    
5905        void File::LoadInstruments() {
5906            LoadInstruments(NULL);
5907        }
5908    
5909      void File::LoadInstruments(progress_t* pProgress) {      void File::LoadInstruments(progress_t* pProgress) {
5910            if (!pInstruments) pInstruments = new InstrumentList;
5911          RIFF::List* lstInstruments = pRIFF->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_LINS);          RIFF::List* lstInstruments = pRIFF->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_LINS);
5912          if (lstInstruments) {          if (lstInstruments) {
5913              int iInstrumentIndex = 0;              int iInstrumentIndex = 0;
# Line 1907  namespace { Line 5922  namespace {
5922                      progress_t subprogress;                      progress_t subprogress;
5923                      __divide_progress(pProgress, &subprogress, Instruments, iInstrumentIndex);                      __divide_progress(pProgress, &subprogress, Instruments, iInstrumentIndex);
5924    
                     if (!pInstruments) pInstruments = new InstrumentList;  
5925                      pInstruments->push_back(new Instrument(this, lstInstr, &subprogress));                      pInstruments->push_back(new Instrument(this, lstInstr, &subprogress));
5926    
5927                      iInstrumentIndex++;                      iInstrumentIndex++;
# Line 1916  namespace { Line 5930  namespace {
5930              }              }
5931              __notify_progress(pProgress, 1.0); // notify done              __notify_progress(pProgress, 1.0); // notify done
5932          }          }
5933          else throw gig::Exception("Mandatory <lins> list chunk not found.");      }
5934    
5935        /// Updates the 3crc chunk with the checksum of a sample. The
5936        /// update is done directly to disk, as this method is called
5937        /// after File::Save()
5938        void File::SetSampleChecksum(Sample* pSample, uint32_t crc) {
5939            RIFF::Chunk* _3crc = pRIFF->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3CRC);
5940            if (!_3crc) return;
5941    
5942            // get the index of the sample
5943            int iWaveIndex = GetWaveTableIndexOf(pSample);
5944            if (iWaveIndex < 0) throw gig::Exception("Could not update crc, could not find sample");
5945    
5946            // write the CRC-32 checksum to disk
5947            _3crc->SetPos(iWaveIndex * 8);
5948            uint32_t one = 1;
5949            _3crc->WriteUint32(&one); // always 1
5950            _3crc->WriteUint32(&crc);
5951        }
5952    
5953        uint32_t File::GetSampleChecksum(Sample* pSample) {
5954            // get the index of the sample
5955            int iWaveIndex = GetWaveTableIndexOf(pSample);
5956            if (iWaveIndex < 0) throw gig::Exception("Could not retrieve reference crc of sample, could not resolve sample's wave table index");
5957    
5958            return GetSampleChecksumByIndex(iWaveIndex);
5959        }
5960    
5961        uint32_t File::GetSampleChecksumByIndex(int index) {
5962            if (index < 0) throw gig::Exception("Could not retrieve reference crc of sample, invalid wave pool index of sample");
5963    
5964            RIFF::Chunk* _3crc = pRIFF->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3CRC);
5965            if (!_3crc) throw gig::Exception("Could not retrieve reference crc of sample, no checksums stored for this file yet");
5966            uint8_t* pData = (uint8_t*) _3crc->LoadChunkData();
5967            if (!pData) throw gig::Exception("Could not retrieve reference crc of sample, no checksums stored for this file yet");
5968    
5969            // read the CRC-32 checksum directly from disk
5970            size_t pos = index * 8;
5971            if (pos + 8 > _3crc->GetNewSize())
5972                throw gig::Exception("Could not retrieve reference crc of sample, could not seek to required position in crc chunk");
5973    
5974            uint32_t one = load32(&pData[pos]); // always 1
5975            if (one != 1)
5976                throw gig::Exception("Could not retrieve reference crc of sample, because reference checksum table is damaged");
5977    
5978            return load32(&pData[pos+4]);
5979        }
5980    
5981        int File::GetWaveTableIndexOf(gig::Sample* pSample) {
5982            if (!pSamples) GetFirstSample(); // make sure sample chunks were scanned
5983            File::SampleList::iterator iter = pSamples->begin();
5984            File::SampleList::iterator end  = pSamples->end();
5985            for (int index = 0; iter != end; ++iter, ++index)
5986                if (*iter == pSample)
5987                    return index;
5988            return -1;
5989        }
5990    
5991        /**
5992         * Checks whether the file's "3CRC" chunk was damaged. This chunk contains
5993         * the CRC32 check sums of all samples' raw wave data.
5994         *
5995         * @return true if 3CRC chunk is OK, or false if 3CRC chunk is damaged
5996         */
5997        bool File::VerifySampleChecksumTable() {
5998            RIFF::Chunk* _3crc = pRIFF->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3CRC);
5999            if (!_3crc) return false;
6000            if (_3crc->GetNewSize() <= 0) return false;
6001            if (_3crc->GetNewSize() % 8) return false;
6002            if (!pSamples) GetFirstSample(); // make sure sample chunks were scanned
6003            if (_3crc->GetNewSize() != pSamples->size() * 8) return false;
6004    
6005            const file_offset_t n = _3crc->GetNewSize() / 8;
6006    
6007            uint32_t* pData = (uint32_t*) _3crc->LoadChunkData();
6008            if (!pData) return false;
6009    
6010            for (file_offset_t i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
6011                uint32_t one = pData[i*2];
6012                if (one != 1) return false;
6013            }
6014    
6015            return true;
6016        }
6017    
6018        /**
6019         * Recalculates CRC32 checksums for all samples and rebuilds this gig
6020         * file's checksum table with those new checksums. This might usually
6021         * just be necessary if the checksum table was damaged.
6022         *
6023         * @e IMPORTANT: The current implementation of this method only works
6024         * with files that have not been modified since it was loaded, because
6025         * it expects that no externally caused file structure changes are
6026         * required!
6027         *
6028         * Due to the expectation above, this method is currently protected
6029         * and actually only used by the command line tool "gigdump" yet.
6030         *
6031         * @returns true if Save() is required to be called after this call,
6032         *          false if no further action is required
6033         */
6034        bool File::RebuildSampleChecksumTable() {
6035            // make sure sample chunks were scanned
6036            if (!pSamples) GetFirstSample();
6037    
6038            bool bRequiresSave = false;
6039    
6040            // make sure "3CRC" chunk exists with required size
6041            RIFF::Chunk* _3crc = pRIFF->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3CRC);
6042            if (!_3crc) {
6043                _3crc = pRIFF->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3CRC, pSamples->size() * 8);
6044                // the order of einf and 3crc is not the same in v2 and v3
6045                RIFF::Chunk* einf = pRIFF->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_EINF);
6046                if (einf && pVersion && pVersion->major == 3) pRIFF->MoveSubChunk(_3crc, einf);
6047                bRequiresSave = true;
6048            } else if (_3crc->GetNewSize() != pSamples->size() * 8) {
6049                _3crc->Resize(pSamples->size() * 8);
6050                bRequiresSave = true;
6051            }
6052    
6053            if (bRequiresSave) { // refill CRC table for all samples in RAM ...
6054                uint32_t* pData = (uint32_t*) _3crc->LoadChunkData();
6055                {
6056                    File::SampleList::iterator iter = pSamples->begin();
6057                    File::SampleList::iterator end  = pSamples->end();
6058                    for (; iter != end; ++iter) {
6059                        gig::Sample* pSample = (gig::Sample*) *iter;
6060                        int index = GetWaveTableIndexOf(pSample);
6061                        if (index < 0) throw gig::Exception("Could not rebuild crc table for samples, wave table index of a sample could not be resolved");
6062                        pData[index*2]   = 1; // always 1
6063                        pData[index*2+1] = pSample->CalculateWaveDataChecksum();
6064                    }
6065                }
6066            } else { // no file structure changes necessary, so directly write to disk and we are done ...
6067                // make sure file is in write mode
6068                pRIFF->SetMode(RIFF::stream_mode_read_write);
6069                {
6070                    File::SampleList::iterator iter = pSamples->begin();
6071                    File::SampleList::iterator end  = pSamples->end();
6072                    for (; iter != end; ++iter) {
6073                        gig::Sample* pSample = (gig::Sample*) *iter;
6074                        int index = GetWaveTableIndexOf(pSample);
6075                        if (index < 0) throw gig::Exception("Could not rebuild crc table for samples, wave table index of a sample could not be resolved");
6076                        pSample->crc  = pSample->CalculateWaveDataChecksum();
6077                        SetSampleChecksum(pSample, pSample->crc);
6078                    }
6079                }
6080            }
6081    
6082            return bRequiresSave;
6083        }
6084    
6085        Group* File::GetFirstGroup() {
6086            if (!pGroups) LoadGroups();
6087            // there must always be at least one group
6088            GroupsIterator = pGroups->begin();
6089            return *GroupsIterator;
6090        }
6091    
6092        Group* File::GetNextGroup() {
6093            if (!pGroups) return NULL;
6094            ++GroupsIterator;
6095            return (GroupsIterator == pGroups->end()) ? NULL : *GroupsIterator;
6096        }
6097    
6098        /**
6099         * Returns the group with the given index.
6100         *
6101         * @param index - number of the sought group (0..n)
6102         * @returns sought group or NULL if there's no such group
6103         */
6104        Group* File::GetGroup(uint index) {
6105            if (!pGroups) LoadGroups();
6106            GroupsIterator = pGroups->begin();
6107            for (uint i = 0; GroupsIterator != pGroups->end(); i++) {
6108                if (i == index) return *GroupsIterator;
6109                ++GroupsIterator;
6110            }
6111            return NULL;
6112        }
6113    
6114        /**
6115         * Returns the group with the given group name.
6116         *
6117         * Note: group names don't have to be unique in the gig format! So there
6118         * can be multiple groups with the same name. This method will simply
6119         * return the first group found with the given name.
6120         *
6121         * @param name - name of the sought group
6122         * @returns sought group or NULL if there's no group with that name
6123         */
6124        Group* File::GetGroup(String name) {
6125            if (!pGroups) LoadGroups();
6126            GroupsIterator = pGroups->begin();
6127            for (uint i = 0; GroupsIterator != pGroups->end(); ++GroupsIterator, ++i)
6128                if ((*GroupsIterator)->Name == name) return *GroupsIterator;
6129            return NULL;
6130        }
6131    
6132        Group* File::AddGroup() {
6133            if (!pGroups) LoadGroups();
6134            // there must always be at least one group
6135            __ensureMandatoryChunksExist();
6136            Group* pGroup = new Group(this, NULL);
6137            pGroups->push_back(pGroup);
6138            return pGroup;
6139        }
6140    
6141        /** @brief Delete a group and its samples.
6142         *
6143         * This will delete the given Group object and all the samples that
6144         * belong to this group from the gig file. You have to call Save() to
6145         * make this persistent to the file.
6146         *
6147         * @param pGroup - group to delete
6148         * @throws gig::Exception if given group could not be found
6149         */
6150        void File::DeleteGroup(Group* pGroup) {
6151            if (!pGroups) LoadGroups();
6152            std::list<Group*>::iterator iter = find(pGroups->begin(), pGroups->end(), pGroup);
6153            if (iter == pGroups->end()) throw gig::Exception("Could not delete group, could not find given group");
6154            if (pGroups->size() == 1) throw gig::Exception("Cannot delete group, there must be at least one default group!");
6155            // delete all members of this group
6156            for (Sample* pSample = pGroup->GetFirstSample(); pSample; pSample = pGroup->GetNextSample()) {
6157                DeleteSample(pSample);
6158            }
6159            // now delete this group object
6160            pGroups->erase(iter);
6161            delete pGroup;
6162        }
6163    
6164        /** @brief Delete a group.
6165         *
6166         * This will delete the given Group object from the gig file. All the
6167         * samples that belong to this group will not be deleted, but instead
6168         * be moved to another group. You have to call Save() to make this
6169         * persistent to the file.
6170         *
6171         * @param pGroup - group to delete
6172         * @throws gig::Exception if given group could not be found
6173         */
6174        void File::DeleteGroupOnly(Group* pGroup) {
6175            if (!pGroups) LoadGroups();
6176            std::list<Group*>::iterator iter = find(pGroups->begin(), pGroups->end(), pGroup);
6177            if (iter == pGroups->end()) throw gig::Exception("Could not delete group, could not find given group");
6178            if (pGroups->size() == 1) throw gig::Exception("Cannot delete group, there must be at least one default group!");
6179            // move all members of this group to another group
6180            pGroup->MoveAll();
6181            pGroups->erase(iter);
6182            delete pGroup;
6183        }
6184    
6185        void File::LoadGroups() {
6186            if (!pGroups) pGroups = new std::list<Group*>;
6187            // try to read defined groups from file
6188            RIFF::List* lst3gri = pRIFF->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3GRI);
6189            if (lst3gri) {
6190                RIFF::List* lst3gnl = lst3gri->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3GNL);
6191                if (lst3gnl) {
6192                    RIFF::Chunk* ck = lst3gnl->GetFirstSubChunk();
6193                    while (ck) {
6194                        if (ck->GetChunkID() == CHUNK_ID_3GNM) {
6195                            if (pVersion && pVersion->major == 3 &&
6196                                strcmp(static_cast<char*>(ck->LoadChunkData()), "") == 0) break;
6197    
6198                            pGroups->push_back(new Group(this, ck));
6199                        }
6200                        ck = lst3gnl->GetNextSubChunk();
6201                    }
6202                }
6203            }
6204            // if there were no group(s), create at least the mandatory default group
6205            if (!pGroups->size()) {
6206                Group* pGroup = new Group(this, NULL);
6207                pGroup->Name = "Default Group";
6208                pGroups->push_back(pGroup);
6209            }
6210        }
6211    
6212        /** @brief Get instrument script group (by index).
6213         *
6214         * Returns the real-time instrument script group with the given index.
6215         *
6216         * @param index - number of the sought group (0..n)
6217         * @returns sought script group or NULL if there's no such group
6218         */
6219        ScriptGroup* File::GetScriptGroup(uint index) {
6220            if (!pScriptGroups) LoadScriptGroups();
6221            std::list<ScriptGroup*>::iterator it = pScriptGroups->begin();
6222            for (uint i = 0; it != pScriptGroups->end(); ++i, ++it)
6223                if (i == index) return *it;
6224            return NULL;
6225        }
6226    
6227        /** @brief Get instrument script group (by name).
6228         *
6229         * Returns the first real-time instrument script group found with the given
6230         * group name. Note that group names may not necessarily be unique.
6231         *
6232         * @param name - name of the sought script group
6233         * @returns sought script group or NULL if there's no such group
6234         */
6235        ScriptGroup* File::GetScriptGroup(const String& name) {
6236            if (!pScriptGroups) LoadScriptGroups();
6237            std::list<ScriptGroup*>::iterator it = pScriptGroups->begin();
6238            for (uint i = 0; it != pScriptGroups->end(); ++i, ++it)
6239                if ((*it)->Name == name) return *it;
6240            return NULL;
6241        }
6242    
6243        /** @brief Add new instrument script group.
6244         *
6245         * Adds a new, empty real-time instrument script group to the file.
6246         *
6247         * You have to call Save() to make this persistent to the file.
6248         *
6249         * @return new empty script group
6250         */
6251        ScriptGroup* File::AddScriptGroup() {
6252            if (!pScriptGroups) LoadScriptGroups();
6253            ScriptGroup* pScriptGroup = new ScriptGroup(this, NULL);
6254            pScriptGroups->push_back(pScriptGroup);
6255            return pScriptGroup;
6256        }
6257    
6258        /** @brief Delete an instrument script group.
6259         *
6260         * This will delete the given real-time instrument script group and all its
6261         * instrument scripts it contains. References inside instruments that are
6262         * using the deleted scripts will be removed from the respective instruments
6263         * accordingly.
6264         *
6265         * You have to call Save() to make this persistent to the file.
6266         *
6267         * @param pScriptGroup - script group to delete
6268         * @throws gig::Exception if given script group could not be found
6269         */
6270        void File::DeleteScriptGroup(ScriptGroup* pScriptGroup) {
6271            if (!pScriptGroups) LoadScriptGroups();
6272            std::list<ScriptGroup*>::iterator iter =
6273                find(pScriptGroups->begin(), pScriptGroups->end(), pScriptGroup);
6274            if (iter == pScriptGroups->end())
6275                throw gig::Exception("Could not delete script group, could not find given script group");
6276            pScriptGroups->erase(iter);
6277            for (int i = 0; pScriptGroup->GetScript(i); ++i)
6278                pScriptGroup->DeleteScript(pScriptGroup->GetScript(i));
6279            if (pScriptGroup->pList)
6280                pScriptGroup->pList->GetParent()->DeleteSubChunk(pScriptGroup->pList);
6281            delete pScriptGroup;
6282        }
6283    
6284        void File::LoadScriptGroups() {
6285            if (pScriptGroups) return;
6286            pScriptGroups = new std::list<ScriptGroup*>;
6287            RIFF::List* lstLS = pRIFF->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3LS);
6288            if (lstLS) {
6289                for (RIFF::List* lst = lstLS->GetFirstSubList(); lst;
6290                     lst = lstLS->GetNextSubList())
6291                {
6292                    if (lst->GetListType() == LIST_TYPE_RTIS) {
6293                        pScriptGroups->push_back(new ScriptGroup(this, lst));
6294                    }
6295                }
6296            }
6297        }
6298    
6299        /**
6300         * Apply all the gig file's current instruments, samples, groups and settings
6301         * to the respective RIFF chunks. You have to call Save() to make changes
6302         * persistent.
6303         *
6304         * Usually there is absolutely no need to call this method explicitly.
6305         * It will be called automatically when File::Save() was called.
6306         *
6307         * @param pProgress - callback function for progress notification
6308         * @throws Exception - on errors
6309         */
6310        void File::UpdateChunks(progress_t* pProgress) {
6311            bool newFile = pRIFF->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_INFO) == NULL;
6312    
6313            // update own gig format extension chunks
6314            // (not part of the GigaStudio 4 format)
6315            RIFF::List* lst3LS = pRIFF->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3LS);
6316            if (!lst3LS) {
6317                lst3LS = pRIFF->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_3LS);
6318            }
6319            // Make sure <3LS > chunk is placed before <ptbl> chunk. The precise
6320            // location of <3LS > is irrelevant, however it should be located
6321            // before  the actual wave data
6322            RIFF::Chunk* ckPTBL = pRIFF->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_PTBL);
6323            pRIFF->MoveSubChunk(lst3LS, ckPTBL);
6324    
6325            // This must be performed before writing the chunks for instruments,
6326            // because the instruments' script slots will write the file offsets
6327            // of the respective instrument script chunk as reference.
6328            if (pScriptGroups) {
6329                // Update instrument script (group) chunks.
6330                for (std::list<ScriptGroup*>::iterator it = pScriptGroups->begin();
6331                     it != pScriptGroups->end(); ++it)
6332                {
6333                    (*it)->UpdateChunks(pProgress);
6334                }
6335            }
6336    
6337            // in case no libgig custom format data was added, then remove the
6338            // custom "3LS " chunk again
6339            if (!lst3LS->CountSubChunks()) {
6340                pRIFF->DeleteSubChunk(lst3LS);
6341                lst3LS = NULL;
6342            }
6343    
6344            // first update base class's chunks
6345            DLS::File::UpdateChunks(pProgress);
6346    
6347            if (newFile) {
6348                // INFO was added by Resource::UpdateChunks - make sure it
6349                // is placed first in file
6350                RIFF::Chunk* info = pRIFF->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_INFO);
6351                RIFF::Chunk* first = pRIFF->GetFirstSubChunk();
6352                if (first != info) {
6353                    pRIFF->MoveSubChunk(info, first);
6354                }
6355            }
6356    
6357            // update group's chunks
6358            if (pGroups) {
6359                // make sure '3gri' and '3gnl' list chunks exist
6360                // (before updating the Group chunks)
6361                RIFF::List* _3gri = pRIFF->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3GRI);
6362                if (!_3gri) {
6363                    _3gri = pRIFF->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_3GRI);
6364                    pRIFF->MoveSubChunk(_3gri, pRIFF->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_PTBL));
6365                }
6366                RIFF::List* _3gnl = _3gri->GetSubList(LIST_TYPE_3GNL);
6367                if (!_3gnl) _3gnl = _3gri->AddSubList(LIST_TYPE_3GNL);
6368    
6369                // v3: make sure the file has 128 3gnm chunks
6370                // (before updating the Group chunks)
6371                if (pVersion && pVersion->major == 3) {
6372                    RIFF::Chunk* _3gnm = _3gnl->GetFirstSubChunk();
6373                    for (int i = 0 ; i < 128 ; i++) {
6374                        if (i >= pGroups->size()) ::SaveString(CHUNK_ID_3GNM, _3gnm, _3gnl, "", "", true, 64);
6375                        if (_3gnm) _3gnm = _3gnl->GetNextSubChunk();
6376                    }
6377                }
6378    
6379                std::list<Group*>::iterator iter = pGroups->begin();
6380                std::list<Group*>::iterator end  = pGroups->end();
6381                for (; iter != end; ++iter) {
6382                    (*iter)->UpdateChunks(pProgress);
6383                }
6384            }
6385    
6386            // update einf chunk
6387    
6388            // The einf chunk contains statistics about the gig file, such
6389            // as the number of regions and samples used by each
6390            // instrument. It is divided in equally sized parts, where the
6391            // first part contains information about the whole gig file,
6392            // and the rest of the parts map to each instrument in the
6393            // file.
6394            //
6395            // At the end of each part there is a bit map of each sample
6396            // in the file, where a set bit means that the sample is used
6397            // by the file/instrument.
6398            //
6399            // Note that there are several fields with unknown use. These
6400            // are set to zero.
6401    
6402            int sublen = int(pSamples->size() / 8 + 49);
6403            int einfSize = (Instruments + 1) * sublen;
6404    
6405            RIFF::Chunk* einf = pRIFF->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_EINF);
6406            if (einf) {
6407                if (einf->GetSize() != einfSize) {
6408                    einf->Resize(einfSize);
6409                    memset(einf->LoadChunkData(), 0, einfSize);
6410                }
6411            } else if (newFile) {
6412                einf = pRIFF->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_EINF, einfSize);
6413            }
6414            if (einf) {
6415                uint8_t* pData = (uint8_t*) einf->LoadChunkData();
6416    
6417                std::map<gig::Sample*,int> sampleMap;
6418                int sampleIdx = 0;
6419                for (Sample* pSample = GetFirstSample(); pSample; pSample = GetNextSample()) {
6420                    sampleMap[pSample] = sampleIdx++;
6421                }
6422    
6423                int totnbusedsamples = 0;
6424                int totnbusedchannels = 0;
6425                int totnbregions = 0;
6426                int totnbdimregions = 0;
6427                int totnbloops = 0;
6428                int instrumentIdx = 0;
6429    
6430                memset(&pData[48], 0, sublen - 48);
6431    
6432                for (Instrument* instrument = GetFirstInstrument() ; instrument ;
6433                     instrument = GetNextInstrument()) {
6434                    int nbusedsamples = 0;
6435                    int nbusedchannels = 0;
6436                    int nbdimregions = 0;
6437                    int nbloops = 0;
6438    
6439                    memset(&pData[(instrumentIdx + 1) * sublen + 48], 0, sublen - 48);
6440    
6441                    for (Region* region = instrument->GetFirstRegion() ; region ;
6442                         region = instrument->GetNextRegion()) {
6443                        for (int i = 0 ; i < region->DimensionRegions ; i++) {
6444                            gig::DimensionRegion *d = region->pDimensionRegions[i];
6445                            if (d->pSample) {
6446                                int sampleIdx = sampleMap[d->pSample];
6447                                int byte = 48 + sampleIdx / 8;
6448                                int bit = 1 << (sampleIdx & 7);
6449                                if ((pData[(instrumentIdx + 1) * sublen + byte] & bit) == 0) {
6450                                    pData[(instrumentIdx + 1) * sublen + byte] |= bit;
6451                                    nbusedsamples++;
6452                                    nbusedchannels += d->pSample->Channels;
6453    
6454                                    if ((pData[byte] & bit) == 0) {
6455                                        pData[byte] |= bit;
6456                                        totnbusedsamples++;
6457                                        totnbusedchannels += d->pSample->Channels;
6458                                    }
6459                                }
6460                            }
6461                            if (d->SampleLoops) nbloops++;
6462                        }
6463                        nbdimregions += region->DimensionRegions;
6464                    }
6465                    // first 4 bytes unknown - sometimes 0, sometimes length of einf part
6466                    // store32(&pData[(instrumentIdx + 1) * sublen], sublen);
6467                    store32(&pData[(instrumentIdx + 1) * sublen + 4], nbusedchannels);
6468                    store32(&pData[(instrumentIdx + 1) * sublen + 8], nbusedsamples);
6469                    store32(&pData[(instrumentIdx + 1) * sublen + 12], 1);
6470                    store32(&pData[(instrumentIdx + 1) * sublen + 16], instrument->Regions);
6471                    store32(&pData[(instrumentIdx + 1) * sublen + 20], nbdimregions);
6472                    store32(&pData[(instrumentIdx + 1) * sublen + 24], nbloops);
6473                    // next 8 bytes unknown
6474                    store32(&pData[(instrumentIdx + 1) * sublen + 36], instrumentIdx);
6475                    store32(&pData[(instrumentIdx + 1) * sublen + 40], (uint32_t) pSamples->size());
6476                    // next 4 bytes unknown
6477    
6478                    totnbregions += instrument->Regions;
6479                    totnbdimregions += nbdimregions;
6480                    totnbloops += nbloops;
6481                    instrumentIdx++;
6482                }
6483                // first 4 bytes unknown - sometimes 0, sometimes length of einf part
6484                // store32(&pData[0], sublen);
6485                store32(&pData[4], totnbusedchannels);
6486                store32(&pData[8], totnbusedsamples);
6487                store32(&pData[12], Instruments);
6488                store32(&pData[16], totnbregions);
6489                store32(&pData[20], totnbdimregions);
6490                store32(&pData[24], totnbloops);
6491                // next 8 bytes unknown
6492                // next 4 bytes unknown, not always 0
6493                store32(&pData[40], (uint32_t) pSamples->size());
6494                // next 4 bytes unknown
6495            }
6496    
6497            // update 3crc chunk
6498    
6499            // The 3crc chunk contains CRC-32 checksums for the
6500            // samples. When saving a gig file to disk, we first update the 3CRC
6501            // chunk here (in RAM) with the old crc values which we read from the
6502            // 3CRC chunk when we opened the file (available with gig::Sample::crc
6503            // member variable). This step is required, because samples might have
6504            // been deleted by the user since the file was opened, which in turn
6505            // changes the order of the (i.e. old) checksums within the 3crc chunk.
6506            // If a sample was conciously modified by the user (that is if
6507            // Sample::Write() was called later on) then Sample::Write() will just
6508            // update the respective individual checksum(s) directly on disk and
6509            // leaves all other sample checksums untouched.
6510    
6511            RIFF::Chunk* _3crc = pRIFF->GetSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3CRC);
6512            if (_3crc) {
6513                _3crc->Resize(pSamples->size() * 8);
6514            } else /*if (newFile)*/ {
6515                _3crc = pRIFF->AddSubChunk(CHUNK_ID_3CRC, pSamples->size() * 8);
6516                // the order of einf and 3crc is not the same in v2 and v3
6517                if (einf && pVersion && pVersion->major == 3) pRIFF->MoveSubChunk(_3crc, einf);
6518            }
6519            { // must be performed in RAM here ...
6520                uint32_t* pData = (uint32_t*) _3crc->LoadChunkData();
6521                if (pData) {
6522                    File::SampleList::iterator iter = pSamples->begin();
6523                    File::SampleList::iterator end  = pSamples->end();
6524                    for (int index = 0; iter != end; ++iter, ++index) {
6525                        gig::Sample* pSample = (gig::Sample*) *iter;
6526                        pData[index*2]   = 1; // always 1
6527                        pData[index*2+1] = pSample->crc;
6528                    }
6529                }
6530            }
6531        }
6532        
6533        void File::UpdateFileOffsets() {
6534            DLS::File::UpdateFileOffsets();
6535    
6536            for (Instrument* instrument = GetFirstInstrument(); instrument;
6537                 instrument = GetNextInstrument())
6538            {
6539                instrument->UpdateScriptFileOffsets();
6540            }
6541        }
6542    
6543        /**
6544         * Enable / disable automatic loading. By default this properyt is
6545         * enabled and all informations are loaded automatically. However
6546         * loading all Regions, DimensionRegions and especially samples might
6547         * take a long time for large .gig files, and sometimes one might only
6548         * be interested in retrieving very superficial informations like the
6549         * amount of instruments and their names. In this case one might disable
6550         * automatic loading to avoid very slow response times.
6551         *
6552         * @e CAUTION: by disabling this property many pointers (i.e. sample
6553         * references) and informations will have invalid or even undefined
6554         * data! This feature is currently only intended for retrieving very
6555         * superficial informations in a very fast way. Don't use it to retrieve
6556         * details like synthesis informations or even to modify .gig files!
6557         */
6558        void File::SetAutoLoad(bool b) {
6559            bAutoLoad = b;
6560        }
6561    
6562        /**
6563         * Returns whether automatic loading is enabled.
6564         * @see SetAutoLoad()
6565         */
6566        bool File::GetAutoLoad() {
6567            return bAutoLoad;
6568      }      }
6569    
6570    
# Line 1924  namespace { Line 6572  namespace {
6572  // *************** Exception ***************  // *************** Exception ***************
6573  // *  // *
6574    
6575      Exception::Exception(String Message) : DLS::Exception(Message) {      Exception::Exception() : DLS::Exception() {
6576        }
6577    
6578        Exception::Exception(String format, ...) : DLS::Exception() {
6579            va_list arg;
6580            va_start(arg, format);
6581            Message = assemble(format, arg);
6582            va_end(arg);
6583        }
6584    
6585        Exception::Exception(String format, va_list arg) : DLS::Exception() {
6586            Message = assemble(format, arg);
6587      }      }
6588    
6589      void Exception::PrintMessage() {      void Exception::PrintMessage() {

Legend:
Removed from v.728  
changed lines
  Added in v.3350

  ViewVC Help
Powered by ViewVC